3आज बापदादा अपने चारों ओर के सन्तुष्ट रहने वाले , सन्तुष्ट मणियों को देख रहे हैं . āj bāpdādā apnē chārō̃ ōr kē|K santuṣhṭ rahnē vālē , santuṣhṭ maṇiyō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , santuṣhṭ[adj.] maṇi[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today BapDada one’s own everywhere (of|K) content remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , content jewel to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
3Today, BapDada is seeing His jewels of contentment everywhere who remain content.
4हर एक के चेहरे पर सन्तुष्टता की चमक दिखाई दे रही है . har ēk kē|K chēhrē par santuṣhṭatā kī|key chamak dikhāī dē rahī hai . har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chamaknā[root]|chamak[n.f.;sg.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . each one (of|K) face (at|other) contentment (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x[root]|sparkle) be visible .
4The sparkle of contentment is visible on the face of each one.
5सन्तुष्ट मणियां स्वयं को भी प्रिय हैं , बाप को भी प्रिय हैं और परिवार को भी प्रिय हैं क्योंकि सन्तुष्टता महान शक्ति है . santuṣhṭ maṇiyā̃ svayã kō bhī priya haĩ , bāp kō bhī priya haĩ aur parivār kō bhī priya haĩ kyōṅki santuṣhṭatā mahān śhakti hai . santuṣhṭ[adj.] maṇi[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] svayã kō[postp.] bhī[p.] priy[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] priy[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] priy[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] mahān, mahā[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . content jewel x to too having love for be[pres.pl.12hon3] , father to too having love for be[pres.pl.12hon3] and family to too having love for be[pres.pl.12hon3] because contentment great Shakti be[pres.sg.23] .
5You yourself love jewels of contentment, BapDada loves them and the family also loves them because contentment is a great power.
6सन्तुष्टता तब धारण होती है जब सर्व प्राप्तियां प्राप्त होती हैं . santuṣhṭatā tab dhāraṇ hōtī hai jab sarv prāptiyā̃ prāpt hōtī haĩ . santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] tab dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] jab sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . contentment for only then adopting be[pres.sg.f.23] when all attainment reached be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
6Contentment can only be imbibed when you have attained all attainments.
7अगर प्राप्तियां कम तो सन्तुष्टता भी कम होती है . agar prāptiyā̃ cum|kam tō santuṣhṭatā bhī kam hōtī hai . agar prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] cum|kam[adj.] tō santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] kam hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . if attainment (x|less) then contentment too decrease .
7If there is little attainment, there will be little contentment.
8सन्तुष्टता और शक्तियों को भी आह्वान करती है . santuṣhṭatā aur śhaktiyō̃ kō bhī āhvān kartī hai . santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] aur śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] āhvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] . contentment and Shakti to too invocation do[pres.sg.f.23] .
8Contentment also invokes other powers.
9सन्तुष्टता का वायुमण्डल औरों को भी यथा शक्ति सन्तुष्टता का वायब्रेशन देता है . santuṣhṭatā kā vāyumaṇḍal aurō̃ kō bhī yathā śhakti santuṣhṭatā kā vibration dētā hai . santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] yathā śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vibration dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . contentment of atmosphere others to too according to Shakti contentment of vibrations give[pres.sg.m.23] .
9According to capacity, the atmosphere of contentment also gives others vibrations of contentment.
10जो सन्तुष्ट रहता है उसकी निशानी सदा प्रसन्नचित दिखाई देता है . jō santuṣhṭ rahtā hai uskī niśhānī sadā prasannchit dikhāī dētā hai . jō[pn.;d.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kī] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sadā prasannchitt[adj.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . that content remain[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kī] sign constantly happy be visible .
10The sign of someone remaining content is that that one will always be seen to be happy-hearted.
11सदा चेहरा हर्षितमुख स्वतः ही रहता है . sadā chēhrā harṣhitmukh svataḥ hī rahtā hai . sadā chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] harṣhitmukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] svataḥ hī[p.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . constantly face cheerful automatically only remain[pres.sg.m.23] .
11That one's face would always naturally remain cheerful.
12सन्तुष्ट आत्मा के सामने कोई भी परिस्थिति स्व स्थिति को हिला नहीं सकती . santuṣhṭ ātmā kē|K sāmnē kōī bhī paristhiti sva sthiti kō hilā nahī̃ saktī . santuṣhṭ[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē kōī bhī[x] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sva sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] hilānā[root]|hilnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.f.] . content soul (of|K) x anyone circumstances x stage to (make fluctuate[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) not can[pres-part.f.] .
12No adverse situation that comes in front of a contented soul will make that one fluctuate from his original stage.
13कितनी भी बड़ी परिस्थिति हो लेकिन सन्तुष्ट आत्मा के लिए कार्टून शो का मनोरंजन दिखाई देता है . kitnī bhī baṛī paristhiti hō lēkin santuṣhṭ ātmā kē liē cartoon show kā manōrañjan dikhāī dētā hai . kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin santuṣhṭ[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] cartoon show[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] manōrañjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . so too very circumstances (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but content soul for cartoon show of entertainment be visible .
13No matter how great the situation may be, for a contented soul it is seen as entertainment in the form of a cartoon show.
14इसा लिए वह परिस्थिति में परेशान नहीं होता आरै परिस्तिथितियाँ उसके ऊपर वार नहीं कर सकती , हार जाती है . isā liē vah paristhiti mē̃ parēśhān nahī̃ hōtā ārai paristithitiyā̃ uskē ūpar war|vār nahī̃ kar saktī , hār jātī hai . x lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē vah[pn.sg.d.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] parēśhān[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x paristhiti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] uskā[pn.sg.kē] ūpar war|vār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.f.] , hārnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . x (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) that circumstances in distressed not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x circumstances of that[.kē] over (war|x) not do[root] can[pres-part.f.] , x[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
14This is why that soul does not get distressed by situations. 15The situations cannot attack that soul; they are defeated.
15इसलिए अतीन्द्रिय सुखमय मनोरंजन की जीवन अनुभव करता है . isliē atīndriya sukhmay manōrañjan kī|key jīvan anubhav kartā hai . isliē atīndriya[adj.] sukhmay[adj.] manōrañjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] . therefore x happy entertainment (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) life experience do[pres.sg.m.23] .
16This is why that soul experiences his life to be entertainment filled with supersensuous joy.
16मेहनत नहीं करनी पड़ती . mēhnat nahī̃ karnī paṛtī . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|karnā[inf.f.] paṛnā[pres-part.f.] . effort not (x|do[inf.f.]) fall[pres-part.f.] . 17मनोरंजन अनुभव होता है . manōrañjan anubhav hōtā hai . manōrañjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . entertainment experience be[pres.sg.m.23] .
17He doesn't need to labour, but experiences that as entertainment.
18तो हर एक अपने को चेक करे . tō har ēk apnē kō check karē . tō har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.sg.23] . then each one one’s own to check do[opt.sg.23] .
18So, each one of you should check yourself.
19चेक करना तो आता है ना ! check karnā tō ātā hai nā ! check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! check do[inf.m.sg.d.] then come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
19You know how to check, do you not?
20आता है ? ātā hai ? ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
20Do you?
21जिसको चेक करना आता है अपने को , दूसरे को नहीं अपने को चेक करना आता है , वह हाथ उठाओ . jiskō check karnā ātā hai apnē kō , dūsrē kō nahī̃ apnē kō check karnā ātā hai , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.sg.kō] check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kō] check do[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] one’s own to , other to not one’s own to check do[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] , that raise your hands .
21Those who know how to check yourself, not check others, if you know how to check yourself, raise your hands.
22चेक करना आता है ? check karnā ātā hai ? check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? check do[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
22Do you know how to check yourself?
23अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
23Achcha.
24मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
24Congratulations.
25बापदादा का वरदान भी हर बच्चे को रोज अमृतवेले भिन्न-भिन्न रूपों से यही मिलता है , खुश रहो आबाद रहो . bāpdādā kā vardān bhī har|her bachchē kō rōj amr̥itvēlē bhinn-bhinn rūpō̃ sē yahī miltā hai , khuśh rahō ābād rahō . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] rōz amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhinn[adj.] rūp[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] , khuśh[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ābād[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada of blessing too (x[root]|x) child to day amrit vela different Rup from this receive[pres.sg.m.23] , happy remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] content remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
25Every day at amrit vela, the blessing that every child receives from BapDada in different forms is: Remain happy, remain prosperous.
26रोज का वरदान मिलता सभी को है , बापदादा सभी को एक ही जैसा एक ही साथ वरदान देता है . rōj kā vardān miltā sabhī kō hai , bāpdādā sabhī kō ēk hī jaisā ēk hī sāth vardān dētā hai . rōz kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . day of blessing receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] all to be[pres.sg.23] , BapDada all to one only like one only with blessing give[pres.sg.m.23] . 27लेकिन फर्क क्या हो जाता है ? lēkin phark kyā hō jātā hai ? lēkin fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ? but difference what be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?
26Everyone receives a blessing every day. 27BapDada gives everyone the same blessing, simultaneously every day, but what is the difference?
28नम्बरवार क्यों बन जाते ? number-vār kyō̃ ban jātē ? number-wār kyō̃ ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? numberwise why (x|become[root]) go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
28Why do you become numberwise?
29दाता एक है , और देन भी एक है , किसको थोड़ा किसको बहुत नहीं देते हैं , फ्राकदिली से देते हैं लेकिन फर्क क्या पड़ जाता है ? dātā ēk hai , aur dēn bhī ēk hai , kiskō thōṛā kiskō bahut nahī̃ dētē haĩ , frankdilī sē dētē haĩ lēkin phark kyā paṛ jātā hai ? dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aur dēn[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kaun[pn.sg.kō] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun[pn.sg.kō] bahut nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , phrāk dilī[x] sē[postp.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ? bestower one be[pres.sg.23] , and gift too one be[pres.sg.23] , who[.kō] short who[.kō] very not give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , generosity from give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but difference what fall[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?
29The Bestower is One and the gift He gives is the same. 30He doesn't give a little to some and more to others. 31He gives generously, but how is the difference created?
30इसका अनुभव भी सभी को है क्योंकि अभी तक बापदादा के पास यह आवाज पहुंचता है . iskā anubhav bhī sabhī kō hai kyōṅki abhī tak bāpdādā kē pās yah āvāj pahuñchtā hai . yah[pn.sg.kā] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] tak bāpdādā kē pās[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] . this[.kā] experience too all to be[pres.sg.23] because now until BapDada to this noise reach[pres.sg.m.23] .
32All of you have experienced this because, until now, this sound reaches BapDada.
31जानते हो ना क्या ? jāntē hō nā kyā ? jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā kyā ? know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ what ?
33Do you know which sound?
32कभी-कभी थोड़ा-थोड़ा , यह आवाज अभी तक भी आता है - बापदादा ने कहा है कि ब्राह्मण आत्माओं के जीवन रूपी डिक्शनरी में यह दोनों शब्द निकल जाना चाहिए . kabhī-kabhī thōṛā-thōṛā , yah āvāj abhī tak bhī ātā hai - bāpdādā nē kahā hai ki brāhmaṇ ātmāō̃ kē|K jīvan rūpī dictionary mē̃ yah dōnō̃ śhabda nikal jānā chāhiē . kabhī[adv.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] ab[adv.hī] tak bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] - bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūpī[adj.] dictionary mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] dōnō̃ śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[root] jānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|jānā[.oblig3] . ever short , this noise now until too come[pres.sg.m.23] - BapDada ∅ say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that Brahmin soul (of|K) life in the form of x in this x word be extracted[root] (go[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|go[.oblig3]) .
34"Sometimes" (kabhi kabhi), "A little..." (thoda, thoda). 35This sound reaches BapDada even now. 36BapDada has said: Both these words should be removed from the dictionary of the life of Brahmin souls.
33अविनाशी बाप है , अविनाशी खज़ाने हैं , आप सब भी अविनाशी श्रेष्ठ आत्मायें हो . avināśhī bāp hai , avināśhī khazānē haĩ , āp sab bhī avināśhī śhrēṣhṭh ātmāyē̃ hō . avināśhī[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , avināśhī[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] bhī[p.] avināśhī[adj.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . imperishable father be[pres.sg.23] , imperishable treasure be[pres.pl.12hon3] , you all too imperishable elevated soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
37The Father is imperishable, the treasures are imperishable and all of you are imperishable, elevated souls.
34तो कौन सा शब्द होना चाहिए ? tō kaun sā śhabda hōnā chāhiē ? tō kaun sā[x] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] ? then which word (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) ?
38So, what word should you be using?
35कभी-कभी कि सदा ? kabhī-kabhī ki sadā ? kabhī[adv.] ki[conj.] sadā ? ever that constantly ?
39"Sometimes" or "constantly" (sada)?
36हर खज़ाने के आगे चेक करो - सर्व शक्तियां सदा है ? har|her khazānē kē āgē check karō - sarv śhaktiyā̃ sadā hai ? harnā[root]|har|her khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kē āgē[x] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] sadā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? (x[root]|x) treasure in front of check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - all Shakti constantly be[pres.sg.23] ?
40In front of all the treasures, check: Do I have all the powers constantly?
37सर्व गुण सदा है ? sarv guṇ sadā hai ? sarv[adj.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? all virtue constantly be[pres.sg.23] ?
41Do I have all the virtues constantly?
38आप सबके भक्त जब आपके गुण गाते तो क्या कहते हैं ? āp sabkē bhakta jab āpkē guṇ gātē tō kyā kahtē haĩ ? āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] jab āp[pn.pl.kē] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? you everyone's devotee when you[.kē] virtue sing[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
42When the devotees of all of you sing your praise, what do they say?
39कभी-कभी गुणदाता , ऐसे कहते हैं ? kabhī-kabhī guṇadātā , aisē kahtē haĩ ? kabhī[adv.] x , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? ever x , such say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
43"The bestower of virtues sometimes" - is this what they sing?
40बापदादा ने हर वरदान में सदा शब्द कहा है . bāpdādā nē har|her vardān mē̃ sadā śhabda kahā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sadā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada ∅ (x[root]|x) blessing in constantly word say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
44In every blessing, BapDada has said the word "sada" (constantly).
41सदा सर्वशक्तिवान , कभी शक्तिवान , कभी सर्वशक्तिवान नहीं कहा है . sadā sarvśhaktivān , kabhī śhaktivān , kabhī sarvśhaktivān nahī̃ kahā hai . sadā sarvśhaktivān[adj.] , kabhī[adv.] śhaktivān[adj.] , kabhī[adv.] sarvśhaktivān[adj.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . constantly Almighty Authority , ever x , ever Almighty Authority not say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
45A master with all powers constantly, not that sometimes you have some powers and at other times you have all the powers.
42हर समय दो शब्द आप भी कहते हो , बाप भी कहते हैं , समान बनो . har|her samay dō śhabda āp bhī kahtē hō , bāp bhī kahtē haĩ , samān banō . harnā[root]|har|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , samān[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x[root]|x) time (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) word you too say[pres.pl.m.2] , father too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , equal become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
46At every moment, you speak these two words and the Father also speaks them. 47"Become equal".
43यह नहीं कहते थोड़ा-थोड़ा समान बनो . yah nahī̃ kahtē thōṛā-thōṛā samān banō . yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samān[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this not say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] short equal become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
48He doesn't say become equal to a little extent.
44सम्पन्न और सम्पूर्ण , तो बच्चे कभी-कभी क्या करते हैं ? sampann aur sampūrṇ , tō bachchē kabhī-kabhī kyā kartē haĩ ? sampann[adj.] aur sampūrṇ[adj.] , tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kabhī[adv.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? full and complete , then child ever what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
49He says: Complete and perfect to the fullest extent. 50So, what do the children sometimes do?
45बापदादा भी खेल तो देखते हैं ना ! bāpdādā bhī khēl tō dēkhtē haĩ nā ! bāpdādā bhī[p.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] tō dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! BapDada too (play|play[root]) then see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
51BapDada also watches the games, does He not?
46बच्चों का खेल तो देखते ही रहते हैं . bachchō̃ kā khēl tō dēkhtē hī rahtē haĩ . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] tō dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . child of (play|play[root]) then see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
52He continues to watch the games of the children.
47बच्चे क्या करते , कोई-कोई , सब नहीं . bachchē kyā kartē , kōī-kōī , sab nahī̃ . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kyā karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , kōī[pn.;d.] , sab[adj.] nahī̃[neg] . child what do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , some , all not .
53What do some of you children do?
48जो वरदान मिला उस वरदान को सोचकर , वर्णन कर कापी में नोट करते , याद भी करते लेकिन वरदान रूपी बीज को फलीभूत नहीं करते . jō vardān milā us vardān kō sōchkar , varṇan kar kāpī mē̃ note kartē , yād bhī kartē lēkin vardān rūpī bīj kō phalībhūt nahī̃ kartē . jō[pn.;d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] vah[pn.sg.o.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sōchnā[abs.] , varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] kāpī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] note karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , yād[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūpī[adj.] bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] phalībhūt[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . that blessing (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) that blessing to think[abs.] , x do[root] copy in note do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , remembrance too do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but blessing in the form of seed to fruitful not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
54Some of you, not all of you, think about the blessing you have received; you speak about it, you note it down in your notebook, you even remember it, but you don't allow the seed of the blessing to become fruitful.
49बीज से फल नहीं निकाल सकते . bīj sē phal nahī̃ nikāl saktē . bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] nikālnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . seed from fruit not x[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
55You are unable to get fruit from the seed.
50सिर्फ वर्णन करते खुश होते बहुत अच्छा वरदान है . sirph varṇan kartē khuśh hōtē bahut achchhā vardān hai . sirph[adj.] varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . only x do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] happy be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] very achcha blessing be[pres.sg.23] .
56You become very happy simply speaking about it: "It is a very good blessing."
51वरदान है बीज लेकिन बीज को जितना फलीभूत करते हैं उतना ही वह वृद्धि को पाता है . vardān hai bīj lēkin bīj kō jitnā phalībhūt kartē haĩ utnā hī vah vr̥iddhi kō pātā hai . vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēkin bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phalībhūt[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] vah[pn.sg.d.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] pānā[pres.sg.m.23] . blessing be[pres.sg.23] seed but seed to the more fruitful do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x only that growth to x[pres.sg.m.23] .
57The blessing is the seed, and to the extent that you make the seed fruitful, accordingly it will increase.
52फलीभूत करने का रहस्य क्या है ? phalībhūt karnē kā rahasya kyā hai ? phalībhūt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahasya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? fruitful do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of significance what be[pres.sg.23] ?
58What is the method to make the seed fruitful?
53समय पर कार्य में लगाना . samay par kārya mē̃ lagānā . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . time (at|other) task in attach[inf.m.sg.d.] .
59To use it at the right time.
54कार्य में लगाना भूल जाते , सिर्फ कापी में देख , वर्णन करते बहुत अच्छा , बहुत अच्छा . kārya mē̃ lagānā bhūl jātē , sirph kāpī mē̃ dēkh , varṇan kartē bahut achchhā , bahut achchhā . kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhūl[n.f.;sg.]|bhūlnā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , sirph[adj.] kāpī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[root] , varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . task in attach[inf.m.sg.d.] (mistake|forget[root]) go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , only copy in see[root] , x do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] very achcha , very achcha .
60You forget to use it at the time. 61You simply see it in your notebook and speak about it: "It is very good, it is very good.
55बाबा ने वरदान बहुत अच्छा दिया है . bābā nē vardān bahut achchhā diyā hai . bābā nē[postp.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Baba ∅ blessing very achcha give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
62Baba has given a very good blessing."
56लेकिन किसलिए दिया है ? lēkin kisliē diyā hai ? lēkin kisliē dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? but x give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
63But why has He given it?
57उसको फलीभूत करने के लिए दिया है . uskō phalībhūt karnē kē liē diyā hai . vah[pn.sg.kō] phalībhūt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . that[.kō] fruitful do[inf.m.pl.,o.] for give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
64He has given it for you to make it fruitful.
58बीज से फल का विस्तार होता है . bīj sē phal kā vistār hōtā hai . bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . seed from fruit of expansion be[pres.sg.m.23] .
65Fruit grows from a seed.
59वरदान को सिमरण करते हैं , लेकिन वरदान स्वरूप बनने में नम्बरवार बन जाते हैं . vardān kō simraṇ kartē haĩ , lēkin vardān svarūp bannē mē̃ number-vār ban jātē haĩ . vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] simraṇ[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , lēkin vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] number-wār bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . blessing to remembrance do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , but blessing form become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in numberwise become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
66You churn the blessing, but in becoming an embodiment of that blessing, you become numberwise.
60और बापदादा हर एक के भाग्य को देख हर्षित होते रहते हैं लेकिन बापदादा की दिल की आश पहले भी सुनाया है . aur bāpdādā har ēk kē|K bhāgya kō dēkh harṣhit hōtē rahtē haĩ lēkin bāpdādā kī|key dil kī|key āśh pahlē bhī sunāyā hai . aur bāpdādā har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] lēkin bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . and BapDada each one (of|K) x to see[root] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] but BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) desire (firstly|x) too speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
67Seeing the fortune of each one, BapDada becomes pleased. 68However, BapDada had also told you earlier about the hopes in His heart.
61सभी ने हाथ उठाया था , याद है कि हम कारण को समाप्त कर समाधान स्वरूप बनेंगे | याद है होमवर्क ? sabhī nē hāth uṭhāyā thā , yād hai ki ham kāraṇ kō samāpt kar samādhān svarūp banē̃gē | yād hai homework ? sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] hāth uṭhānā[past-perf.m.sg.] , yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samāpt karnā[root] samādhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] | yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] home work ? all ∅ raise your hands , remembrance be[pres.sg.23] that we because to x solution form become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] | remembrance be[pres.sg.23] homework ?
69All of you raised your hands - do you remember - that you would finish all reasons and excuses and become an embodiment of solutions? 70Do you remember that homework?
62कई बच्चों ने रूहारिहान में या पत्रों द्वारा , ईमेल द्वारा रिजल्ट लिखा भी है . kaī bachchō̃ nē rūhārihān mē̃ yā patrō̃ dvārā , email dvārā result likhā bhī hai . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] rūhrihān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yā patra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā , email dvārā result likhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|likhānā[root] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some child ∅ spiritual conversation in or x through , e-mail through result (write[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) too be[pres.sg.23] .
71Some children in their heart-to-heart conversations, in their letters and e-mails to Baba have written their result.
63अच्छा है , अटेन्शन गया है लेकिन जो बापदादा को शब्द अच्छा लगता है , सदा . achchhā hai , attention gayā hai lēkin jō bāpdādā kō śhabda achchhā lagtā hai , sadā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , attention jānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] , sadā . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , attention go[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but that BapDada to word enjoy , constantly . 64वह है ? vah hai ? vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? that be[pres.sg.23] ?
72It is good that your attention has been drawn. 73However, have you become like the word that BapDada likes: constantly?
65आप सभी जो भी आये हैं , चाहे सुना है , चाहे पढ़ा है लेकिन एक मास के होम वर्क में , एक मास हुआ है बस , ज्यादा नहीं हुआ है तो एक मास में लक्ष्य तो रखा है . āp sabhī jō bhī āyē haĩ , chāhē sunā hai , chāhē paṛhā hai lēkin ēk mās kē|K home work mē̃ , ēk mās huā hai bas , jyādā nahī̃ huā hai tō ēk mās mē̃ lakṣhya tō rakhā hai . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē paṛhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K home work[x] mē̃[postp.] , ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] bas|basnā[root] , jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lakṣhya[adj.] tō rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . you all that too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) study[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but one (month|x) (of|K) homework in , one (month|x) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] (simply|x[root]) , more not be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then one (month|x) in aim then keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
74All of you who have come, whether you heard it or read it, in the one month's homework - it has been just one month, not longer - in one month, you have had that aim.
66एक दो में वर्णन भी किया है लेकिन जो एक मास में होमवर्क में अच्छी मार्क्स लेने वाले बने हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . ēk dō mē̃ varṇan bhī kiyā hai lēkin jō ēk mās mē̃ homework mē̃ achchhī marks lēnē vālē banē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] mē̃[postp.] varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] home work mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mark lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) in x too do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but that one (month|x) in homework in achcha mark take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .
75You have spoken about it to one another. 76However, those who have claimed good marks in their one month's homework, raise your hands.
67जो पास हुए हैं , पास हुए हैं . jō pās|pass huē haĩ , pās|pass huē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] pās|pass hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , pās|pass hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . that (x|pass) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , (x|pass) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 68पास विद ऑनर . pass with honour . pass with honour[x] . pass with honours . 69पास विद ऑनर , उठो . pass with honour , uṭhō . pass with honour[x] , uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . pass with honours , wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
77Those who have passed, those who have passed with honours, stand up. 78Those who have passed with honours!
70पास विद ऑनर का दर्शन करना चाहिए ना . pass with honour kā darśhan karnā chāhiē nā . pass with honour[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] darśhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|karnā[.oblig3] nā . pass with honours of vision (do[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|do[.oblig3]) ∅ .
79Everyone should have a vision (darshan) of those who have passed with honours.
71मातायें नहीं . mātāyē̃ nahī̃ . mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] . mother not .
80Not mothers.
72बहिनों में , टीचर्स ने हाथ नहीं उठाया . bahinō̃ mē̃ , teachers nē hāth nahī̃ uṭhāyā . bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] , teacher nē[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . x in , teacher ∅ hand not uplift[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
81Among the sisters, the teachers haven't raised their hand.
73कोई नहीं . kōī nahī̃ . kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] . some not .
82No one?
74मधुबन वाले ? madhuban vālē ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ? Madhuban those who ?
83Those from Madhuban?
75यह तो बहुत कम रिजल्ट है . yah tō bahut cum|kam result hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō bahut cum|kam[adj.] result hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this then very (x|less) result be[pres.sg.23] .
84This result is very low.
76 ( बहुत थोड़े उठे हैं ) अच्छा सेन्टर में भी होंगे . ( bahut thōṛē uṭhē haĩ ) achchhā centre mē̃ bhī hōṅgē . ( bahut thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] centre mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . ( very short wake up[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) achcha centre in too be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
85(Very few people stood up.) 86There must be such ones at the centres too.
77मुबारक हो , ताली तो बजाओ . mubārak hō , tālī tō bajāō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , clapping then play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
87Congratulations. 88You may applaud.
78बापदादा मुस्कराता है कि जब बापदादा पूछते हैं कि बापदादा से प्यार किसका है ? bāpdādā muskarātā hai ki jab bāpdādā pūchhtē haĩ ki bāpdādā sē pyār kiskā hai ? bāpdādā muskarānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] jab bāpdādā pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] bāpdādā sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? BapDada smile[pres.sg.m.23] that when BapDada ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that BapDada from love who[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] ? 79और कितना है ? aur kitnā hai ? aur kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? and so be[pres.sg.23] ?
89BapDada smiles because when BapDada asks, "Who has love for BapDada and how much love do you have?", what do you reply?
80तो क्या जवाब देते हैं ? tō kyā javāb dētē haĩ ? tō kyā javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? then what x give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? 81बाबा , इतना है जो कह नहीं सकते . bābā , itnā hai jō kah nahī̃ saktē . bābā , itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . Baba , such be[pres.sg.23] that say[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
90"Baba, we have so much love for You, we can't even speak about it."
82जवाब बहुत अच्छा देते हैं | बापदादा भी खुश हो जाते हैं | लेकिन प्यार का सबूत क्या ? javāb bahut achchhā dētē haĩ | bāpdādā bhī khuśh hō jātē haĩ | lēkin pyār kā sabūt kyā ? javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] | bāpdādā bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] | lēkin pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā ? x very achcha give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] | BapDada too happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] | but love of x what ?
91You give a very good reply and even BapDada is pleased, but what is the proof of love?
83जिससे प्यार होता है , आजकल की दुनिया वालों का बॉडीकान्सेस का प्यार तो जान कुर्बान कर देते हैं . jissē pyār hōtā hai , ājkal kī duniyā vālō̃ kā body conscious kā pyār tō jān kurbān kar dētē haĩ . jō[pn.sg.sē] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , ājkal karnā[past-part.f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] body conscious kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō jānnā[root]|jān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kurbān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . that[.sē] love be[pres.sg.m.23] , x[past-part.f.] world those who of body conscious of love then (know[root]|x) x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
92Whomsoever you love - in the world nowadays, they have body-conscious love and they are ready to sacrifice their life.
84परमात्म प्यार उनके पीछे बाप ने कहा और बच्चों को करना मुश्किल क्यों ? paramātma pyār unkē pīchhē bāp nē kahā aur bachchō̃ kō karnā muśhkil kyō̃ ? paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.pl.kē] pīchhē bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] kyō̃ ? Supreme Soul love that[.kē] x father ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] and child to do[inf.m.sg.d.] difficult why ?
93For God's love, when the Father says something, why do children find it difficult to do?
85गीत बहुत अच्छे-अच्छे गाते हो . gīt bahut achchhē-achchhē gātē hō . gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gānā[pres.pl.m.2] . x very achcha sing[pres.pl.m.2] . 86बाबा हम न्योछावर करने वाले परवाने हैं , शमा पर फिदा होने वाले हैं . bābā ham nyōchhāvar karnē vālē parvānē haĩ , śhamā par phidā hōnē vālē haĩ . bābā ham[pn.pl.] nyōchhāvar[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parvānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , śhamā[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] fidā[x] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Baba we gift do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who moth be[pres.pl.12hon3] , Flame (at|other) sacrifice be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
94You sing very good songs: Baba, we are the moths who sacrifice ourselves to You. 95We are those who surrender to the Flame.
87तो यह कारण शब्द को स्वाहा नहीं कर सकते ? tō yah kāraṇ śhabda kō svāhā nahī̃ kar saktē ? tō yah[pn.sg.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] svāhā nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? then this because word to sacrificed not do[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
96So, can you not sacrifice this one word "reason"?
88तो अभी तो इस वर्ष का लास्ट टर्न आ गया . tō abhī tō is varṣh kā last turn ā gayā . tō ab[adv.hī] tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] last tum ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . then now then this year of last you come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
97Now the last turn of this season has come.
89दूसरे वर्ष में क्या होता वह तो आप और बाप देख रहे हैं , देखेंगे लेकिन क्या यह एक शब्द समय को देख , आप लोग कहते हो ना , समय की पुकार है . dūsrē varṣh mē̃ kyā hōtā vah tō āp aur bāp dēkh rahē haĩ , dēkhē̃gē lēkin kyā yah ēk śhabda samay kō dēkh , āp lōg kahtē hō nā , samay kī pukār hai . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō āp[pn.pl.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin kyā yah[pn.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] , āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā , samay kī pukār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . other year in what be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] that then you and father see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but what this one word time to see[root] , you people say[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ , call of the time be[pres.sg.23] . 90भक्तों की पुकार , समय की पुकार , दुःखी आत्माओं की पुकार , आपके स्नेही , सहयोगी आत्माओं की पुकार आप ही पूर्ण करेंगे ना ! bhaktō̃ kī|key pukār , samay kī pukār , duḥkhī ātmāō̃ kī|key pukār , āpkē snēhī , sahyōgī ātmāō̃ kī|key pukār āp hī pūrṇ karē̃gē nā ! bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pukārnā[root]|pukār[n.f.;sg.] , samay kī pukār[x] , duḥkhī[adj.]|duḥkhnā[past-part.f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pukārnā[root]|pukār[n.f.;sg.] , āp[pn.pl.kē] snēhī[adj.] , sahyōgī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pukārnā[root]|pukār[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] pūrṇ[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! devotee (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (call[root]|call) , call of the time , (unhappy|hurt[past-part.f.]) soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (call[root]|call) , you[.kē] loving , co-operative soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (call[root]|call) you only x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
98You and the Father are seeing and will see what will happen in the next season (year). 99Seeing the time, you all speak about this - the call of time, the call of the devotees, the call of time, the call of souls experiencing sorrow, the call of souls who are loving and co-operative with you - you will fulfil that, will you not?
91आपका टाइटल क्या है ? āpkā title kyā hai ? āp[pn.pl.kā] title kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? you[.kā] title what be[pres.sg.23] ?
100What is your title?
92आपका कर्तव्य क्या है ? āpkā kartavya kyā hai ? āp[pn.pl.kā] kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? you[.kā] activity what be[pres.sg.23] ?
101What is your duty?
93किस कर्तव्य के लिए ब्राह्मण बनें ? kis kartavya kē liē brāhmaṇ banē̃ ? kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? (who|what) activity for Brahmin become[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
102For which duty have you become Brahmins?
94विश्व परिवर्तक आपका टाइटल है . viśhva parivartak āpkā title hai . viśhva parivartak[x] āp[pn.pl.kā] title hōnā[pres.sg.23] . world transformer you[.kā] title be[pres.sg.23] .
103"World transformers" is your title.
95विश्व परिवर्तन आपका कार्य है और साथी कौन है ? viśhva parivartan āpkā kārya hai aur sāthī kaun hai ? viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? world transformation you[.kā] task be[pres.sg.23] and companion who be[pres.sg.23] ?
104World transformation is your task. 105And who is your companion?
96बापदादा के साथ-साथ इस कार्य में निमित्त बने हो . bāpdādā kē|K sāth-sāth is kārya mē̃ nimitt banē hō . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāth-sāth yah[pn.sg.o.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . BapDada (of|K) x this task in instrument become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
106You have become instruments for this task with BapDada.
97तो क्या करना है ? tō kyā karnā hai ? tō kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? then what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
107So, what are you going to do?
98अभी भी हाथ उठवायेंगे , करेंगे तो हाथ तो सभी उठा देते हैं . abhī bhī hāth uṭhvāyēṅgē , karē̃gē tō hāth tō sabhī uṭhā dētē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhvānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sab[adv.hī] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . now too hand make raise[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then hand then all uplift[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
108Even now, if Baba makes you raise your hands, all of you will raise your hands.
99लक्ष्य रखा है , बापदादा ने देखा , टोटल इस वर्ष की सीजन में सभी ने संकल्प किया लेकिन सफलता की चाबी दृढ़ता - करना ही है , उसके बजाए कभी-कभी कर रहे हैं , चल रहे हैं , कर ही लेंगे . lakṣhya rakhā hai , bāpdādā nē dēkhā , total is varṣh kī|key season mē̃ sabhī nē saṅkalp kiyā lēkin saphaltā kī|key chābī dr̥iṛhtā - karnā hī hai , uskē bajāē kabhī-kabhī kar rahē haĩ , chal rahē haĩ , kar hī lē̃gē . lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , total yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key season mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] - karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , uskā[pn.sg.kē] bajānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajānā[opt.sg.23]|bajāē kabhī[adv.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , karnā[root] hī[p.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . aim keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] , total this year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) season in all ∅ thought do[past-part.m.sg.d.] but success (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) key determination - do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , of that[.kē] (play[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|play[opt.sg.23]|x) ever do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , do[root] only take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
109You have kept the aim. 110BapDada has seen that totally, in this season, all of you have had the thought, but the key to success is determination - I definitely have to do this. 111Instead of this, you are doing it sometimes, saying, "I am moving along, I will do it."
100यह संकल्प दृढ़ता को साधारण बना देता है . yah saṅkalp dr̥iṛhtā kō sādhāraṇ banā dētā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . this thought determination to ordinary (become[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) .
112This thought makes your determination ordinary.
101दृढ़ता में कारण शब्द आता ही नहीं है . dr̥iṛhtā mē̃ kāraṇ śhabda ātā hī nahī̃ hai . dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . determination in because word come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only not be[pres.sg.23] .
113The word "reason" doesn't enter into determination.
102निवारण हो जाता है . nivāraṇ hō jātā hai . nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . solution be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
114There is just a solution.
103कारण आते भी हैं लेकिन चेकिंग होने के कारण , कारण निवारण में बदल जाता है . kāraṇ ātē bhī haĩ lēkin checking hōnē kē|K kāraṇ , kāraṇ nivāraṇ mē̃ badal jātā hai . kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin checking hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] badalnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . because come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] but x be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because , because solution in change[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
115Reasons may come, but nevertheless because of checking, the reasons change into solutions.
104बापदादा ने रिजल्ट में चेक किया तो क्या देखा ? bāpdādā nē result mē̃ check kiyā tō kyā dēkhā ? bāpdādā nē[postp.] result mē̃[postp.] check karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō kyā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? BapDada ∅ result in check do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then what see[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
116BapDada checked the result, and what did He see?
105ज्ञानी , योगी , धारणा स्वरूप , सेवाधारी , चार ही सबजेक्ट में हर एक यथाशक्ति ज्ञानी भी है , योगी भी है , धारणा भी कर रहा है , सेवा भी कर रहा है . gyānī , yōgī , dhārṇā svarūp , sēvādhārī , chār hī subject mē̃ har ēk yathāśhakti gyānī bhī hai , yōgī bhī hai , dhārṇā bhī kar rahā hai , sēvā bhī kar rahā hai . gyānī[adj.] , yōgī[x] , dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , chār[adj.] hī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] har ēk[x] yathāśhakti gyānī[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yōgī[x] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . gyani , yogi , dharna form , server , four only subject in each one according to their capacity gyani too be[pres.sg.23] , yogi too be[pres.sg.23] , dharna too do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , service too do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
117Gyani, yogi, embodiment of dharna and servers - in all four subjects, each one is gyani, yogi, has dharna and is serving according to their capacity.
106लेकिन चार ही सबजेक्ट में अनुभव स्वरूप , अनुभव के अथॉरिटी - उसकी कमी दिखाई दी . lēkin chār hī subject mē̃ anubhav svarūp , anubhav kē|K authority - uskī kamī dikhāī dī . lēkin chār[adj.] hī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K authority - vah[pn.sg.kī] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dikhāī dēnā[past-part.f.] . but four only subject in experience form , experience (of|K) authority - that[.kī] x be visible .
118However, in all four subjects, a lack was visible in their being an embodiment of experience or an authority of experience.
107अनुभवी स्वरूप , ज्ञान स्वरूप में भी अनुभवी स्वरूप अर्थात् ज्ञान को नॉलेज कहा जाता है तो अनुभवी मूर्त आत्मा में नॉलेज अर्थात् समझ क्या करना है , क्या नहीं करना है , नॉलेज की लाइट और माइट , तो अनुभवी स्वरूप का अर्थ ही है ज्ञानी तू आत्मा के हर कर्म में लाइट और माइट नेचुरल होना चाहिए . anubhavī svarūp , gyān svarūp mē̃ bhī anubhavī svarūp arthāt gyān kō knowledge kahā jātā hai tō anubhavī mūrt ātmā mē̃ knowledge arthāt samajh kyā karnā hai , kyā nahī̃ karnā hai , knowledge kī|key light aur might , tō anubhavī svarūp kā arth|earth hī hai gyānī tū ātmā kē|K har|her karma mē̃ light aur might natural hōnā chāhiē . anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] knowledge kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] tō anubhavī[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] knowledge arthāt samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , kyā nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , knowledge karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key light aur might , tō anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] gyānī[adj.] tū ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] light aur might natural hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . experienced form , knowledge form in too experienced form that is knowledge to knowledge (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) then experienced image soul in knowledge that is (understanding|understand[root]) what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , what not do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , knowledge (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) light and might , then experienced form of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] gyani you soul (of|K) (x[root]|x) deed in light and might natural (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .
119In being an embodiment of knowledge, to be an embodiment of experience in knowledge means - gyan is said to be knowledge. 120A soul who is an embodiment of experience has knowledge, that is, understanding of what has to be done and what mustn't be done; he has the light and might of knowledge. 121The meaning of being an embodiment of experience is that there should be light and might in a natural way in every action of a gyani soul.
108ज्ञानी माना ज्ञान , नॉलेज को जानना , वर्णन करना , उसके साथ-साथ हर कर्म में लाइट माइट हो . gyānī mānā gyān , knowledge kō jānnā , varṇan karnā , uskē sāth-sāth har|her karma mē̃ light might hō . gyānī[adj.] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , knowledge kō[postp.] jānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , uskā[pn.sg.kē] sāth-sāth harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] light might hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . gyani (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) knowledge , knowledge to know[inf.m.sg.d.] , x do[inf.m.sg.d.] , of that[.kē] x (x[root]|x) deed in light might (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
122Gyani means to know the knowledge, to speak about it and, together with that, there should be light and might in every action.
109अनुभवी स्वरूप से हर कर्म नेचुरल श्रेष्ठ और सफल होगा . anubhavī svarūp sē har|her karma natural śhrēṣhṭh aur saphal hōgā . anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] natural śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] aur saphal[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . experienced form from (x[root]|x) deed natural elevated and successful be[fut.m.sg.23] .
123With your form of being an embodiment of experience, your every action will naturally be elevated and successful.
110मेहनत नहीं करनी पड़ेगी क्योंकि ज्ञान के अनुभवीमूर्त हैं . mēhnat nahī̃ karnī paṛēgī kyōṅki gyān kē|K anubhavīmūrt haĩ . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] kyōṅki gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhavī-mūrt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . effort not do[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] because knowledge (of|K) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
124You won't have to labour because you are embodiments of the experience of knowledge.
111अनुभव की अथॉरिटी सब अथॉरिटी से श्रेष्ठ है . anubhav kī|key authority sab authority sē śhrēṣhṭh hai . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key authority sab[adj.] authority sē[postp.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) authority all authority from elevated be[pres.sg.23] .
125The authority of experience is the most elevated of all authorities.
112ज्ञान को जानना और ज्ञान के अनुभव स्वरूप के अथारिटी में हर कर्म करना , उसमें अन्तर है | तो अनुभवी स्वरूप हैं ? gyān kō jānnā aur gyān kē|K anubhav svarūp kē|K authority mē̃ har|her karma karnā , usmē̃ antar hai | tō anubhavī svarūp haĩ ? gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K authority mē̃[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] | tō anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? knowledge to know[inf.m.sg.d.] and knowledge (of|K) experience form (of|K) authority in (x[root]|x) deed do[inf.m.sg.d.] , that[.mē̃] difference be[pres.sg.23] | then experienced form be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
126There is a difference in knowing knowledge and in performing every action as an authority of the experience of knowledge.
113चेक करो . check karō . check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 114चार ही सबजेक्ट में , आत्मा हूँ लेकिन अनुभवी स्वरूप होके हर कर्म करते हैं ? chār hī subject mē̃ , ātmā hū̃ lēkin anubhavī svarūp hōkē har|her karma kartē haĩ ? chār[adj.] hī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] , ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] lēkin anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? four only subject in , soul be[pres.sg.1] but experienced form be[abs.] (x[root]|x) deed do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
127So, check: In all four subjects, am I am an embodiment of experience? 128I am a soul, but am I performing every action as an embodiment of experience?
115अनुभव की अथॉरिटी की सीट पर सेट हैं तो श्रेष्ठ कर्म , सफलता स्वरूप कर्म अथॉरिटी के सामने नेचुरल नेचर दिखाई देगी . anubhav kī|key authority kī|key seat par set haĩ tō śhrēṣhṭh karma , saphaltā svarūp karma authority kē|K sāmnē natural nature dikhāī dēgī . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key authority karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] set hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] authority kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē natural nature[x] dikhāī dēnā[fut.f.sg.23] . experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) authority (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) seat (at|other) set be[pres.pl.12hon3] then elevated deed , success form deed authority (of|K) x natural nature be visible .
129If you are seated on the seat of an authority of experience, then elevated actions and actions that are filled with success will be seen as the natural nature in front of an authority.
116सोचते हैं लेकिन अनुभवी स्वरूप बनना , योगयुक्त राज़युक्त नेचर हो जाए , नेचुरल हो जाए . sōchtē haĩ lēkin anubhavī svarūp bannā , yōgyukt rāzyukt nature hō jāē , natural hō jāē . sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yōgyukt[x] rāzyukt[adj.] nature hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , natural hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but experienced form become[inf.m.sg.d.] , yogyukt raazyukt nature be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , natural be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
130You think about it, but to become an embodiment of experience your natural nature should be yogyukt and raazyukt.
117धारणा में भी सर्व गुण स्वतः ही हर कर्म में दिखाई दें . dhārṇā mē̃ bhī sarv guṇ svataḥ hī har|her karma mē̃ dikhāī dē̃ . dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sarv[adj.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] svataḥ hī[p.] harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . dharna in too all virtue automatically only (x[root]|x) deed in be visible .
131In your dharna too, all virtues should automatically be visible in every action.
118ऐसे अनुभवी स्वरूप में सदा रहना , अनुभव की सीट पर सेट होना इसकी आवश्यकता का अटेन्शन रखना , यह आवश्यक है | अनुभव के अथॉरिटी की सीट बहुत महान है . aisē anubhavī svarūp mē̃ sadā rahnā , anubhav kī|key seat par set hōnā iskī āvaśhyaktā kā attention rakhnā , yah āvaśhyak hai | anubhav kē|K authority kī|key seat bahut mahān hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sadā rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] set hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.kī] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] | anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K authority karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key seat bahut mahān, mahā[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such experienced form in constantly remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) seat (at|other) set be[inf.m.sg.d.] this[.kī] need of attention keep[inf.m.sg.d.] , this x be[pres.sg.23] | experience (of|K) authority (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) seat very great be[pres.sg.23] .
132Always remain an embodiment of experience and remain seated on the seat of experience. 133It is essential to pay attention to this need. 134The seat of an authority of experience is very great.
119अनुभवी को माया भी मिटा नहीं सकती क्योंकी माया की अथॉरिटी से अनुभव की अथॉरिटी पदमगुणा ऊंची है . anubhavī kō māyā bhī miṭā nahī̃ saktī kyōṅkī māyā kī|key authority sē anubhav kī|key authority padamguṇā ūñchī hai . anubhavī[adj.] kō[postp.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] miṭānā[root]|miṭnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.f.] kyōṅki[conj.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key authority sē[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key authority padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . experienced to Maya too (x[root]|be rubbed off[past-part.m.sg.d.]) not can[pres-part.f.] because Maya (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) authority from experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) authority multimillion-fold elevated be[pres.sg.23] .
135Even Maya cannot finish off those who are experienced. 136The authority of experience is multimillion times higher than the authority of Maya.
120सोचना अलग है , मनन करना अलग है , स्वरूप अनुभवी स्वरूप बनकर चलना , अभी इसकी आवश्यकता है . sōchnā alag hai , manan karnā alag hai , svarūp anubhavī svarūp bankar chalnā , abhī iskī āvaśhyaktā hai . sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] alag[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , manan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] alag[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.kī] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . think[inf.m.sg.d.] separate be[pres.sg.23] , churning do[inf.m.sg.d.] separate be[pres.sg.23] , form experienced form become[abs.] continue[inf.m.sg.d.] , now this[.kī] need be[pres.sg.23] .
137To think about it is separate, to churn it is separate, but now it is essential for you to move along as an embodiment of experience.
121तो अभी इस वर्ष में क्या करेंगे ? tō abhī is varṣh mē̃ kyā karē̃gē ? tō ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then now this year in what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
138So, now, what will you do this year?
122बापदादा ने देखा एक सबजेक्ट में मैजारिटी पास हैं . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ēk subject mē̃ majority pās|pass haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] subject mē̃[postp.] majority pās|pass hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] one subject in majority (x|pass) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
139BapDada has seen that in one subject, the majority of you have passed.
123कौन सी सबजेक्ट ? kaun see|sī|C subject ? kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C subject ? who (see|x) subject ?
140What subject is that?
124सेवा की सबजेक्ट . sēvā kī|key subject . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key subject . service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) subject .
141The subject of service.
125चारों ओर से बापदादा के पास सेवा के रिकार्ड बहुत अच्छे अच्छे आये हैं . chārō̃ ōr sē bāpdādā kē pās sēvā kē|K record bahut achchhē achchhē āyē haĩ . chārō̃ ōr[x] sē[postp.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K record bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . everywhere from BapDada to service (of|K) record very achcha achcha come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 126और सेवा का उमंग उत्साह इस वर्ष के सेवा समाचारों के हिसाब से अच्छा दिखाई दिया . aur sēvā kā umaṅg utsāh is varṣh kē|K sēvā samāchārō̃ kē|K hisāb sē achchhā dikhāī diyā . aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvā[n.f.;sg.] samāchār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dikhāī dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . and service of zeal enthusiasm this year (of|K) service news (of|K) account from achcha be visible .
142BapDada has received very good service records from everywhere, and in terms of the service news this year, the zeal and enthusiasm for service is seen to be very good.
127हर एक वर्ग ने , हर एक जोन ने भिन्न-भिन्न रूप से सेवा में सफलता प्राप्त की है . har ēk varg nē , har ēk zone nē bhinn-bhinn rūp sē sēvā mē̃ saphaltā prāpt kī hai . har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] , har ēk[x] zone nē[postp.] bhinn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] prāpt karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . each one profession ∅ , each one zone ∅ different Rup from service in success reach .
143Every wing, every zone has achieved success in service in different ways.
128इसकी बापदादा हर एक जोन , हर एक वर्ग को पदम पदमगुणा मुबारक दे रहे हैं . iskī bāpdādā har ēk zone , har ēk varg kō padam padamguṇā mubārak dē rahē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.kī] bāpdādā har ēk[x] zone , har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . this[.kī] BapDada each one zone , each one profession to multimillion multimillion-fold congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 129मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
144BapDada is giving multimillionfold congratulations to each zone and each wing for this.
130प्लैन भी अच्छे-अच्छे बनाये हैं . plan bhī achchhē-achchhē banāyē haĩ . plan bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . plan too achcha create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 131लेकिन अभी समय के प्रमाण अचानक की सीजन है . lēkin abhī samay kē|K pramāṇ achānak kī|key season hai . lēkin ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ achānak karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key season hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but now time (of|K) (under) suddenly (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) season be[pres.sg.23] .
145You have also made very good plans, but now, according to the time, it is the season for "suddenly".
132आपने देखा सुना होगा कि इस वर्ष में कितने ब्राह्मण अचानक गये हैं . āpnē dēkhā sunā hōgā ki is varṣh mē̃ kitnē brāhmaṇ achānak gayē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.nē] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] achānak jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . you[.nē] see[past-part.m.sg.d.] (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) be[fut.m.sg.23] that this year in so Brahmin suddenly go[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
146You must have seen and heard how so many Brahmins departed suddenly.
133तो अचानक की घण्टी अभी तेज हो रही है . tō achānak kī|key ghaṇṭī abhī tēj hō rahī hai . tō achānak karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ghaṇṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ab[adv.hī] tēj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . then suddenly (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ringing of the bell now fast be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
147The bell of "suddenly" is now becoming intense.
134उसी अनुसार अभी इस वर्ष मैं चार ही सबजेक्ट में अनुभवी स्वरूप कहाँ तक बना हूँ , क्योंकि चार ही सबजेक्ट में अच्छी मार्क्स चाहिए , अगर एक भी सबजेक्ट में पास मार्क्स से कम होंगी तो पास विद ऑनर माला का मणका , बापदादा के गले का हार कैसे बनेगा ! usī anusār abhī is varṣh maĩ chār hī subject mē̃ anubhavī svarūp kahā̃ tak banā hū̃ , kyōṅki chār hī subject mē̃ achchhī marks chāhiē , agar ēk bhī subject mē̃ pās|pass marks sē kam hōṅgī tō pass with honour mālā kā maṇkā , bāpdādā kē|K galē kā hār kaisē banēgā ! vah[pn.sg.hī] anusār ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] chār[adj.] hī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahā̃ tak[x] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.1] , kyōṅki chār[adj.] hī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mark chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , agar ēk[adj.] bhī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] pās|pass mark sē[postp.] kam hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] tō pass with honour[x] mālā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] maṇkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galnā[opt.sg.23] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23] ! that[.hī] according to now this year I four only subject in experienced form to what extent become[pres-perf.sg.m.1] , because four only subject in achcha mark (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , if one too subject in (x|pass) mark from decrease then pass with honours garland of x , BapDada (of|K) (throat|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) of (x[root]|x) how become[fut.m.sg.23] !
148According to that, now, this year, to what extent have you become an embodiment of experience in all four subjects? 149You need to have good marks in all four subjects. 150If you have less than pass mark in even one subject, how can you become a bead of the rosary that has passed with honours and a garland around BapDada's neck?
135किसी भी रूप में हार खाने वाला बाप के गले का हार नहीं बन सकता . kisī bhī rūp mē̃ hār khānē vālā bāp kē|K galē kā hār nahī̃ ban saktā . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galnā[opt.sg.23] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . (anything|some) too Rup in (x[root]|x) (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who father (of|K) (throat|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) of (x[root]|x) not (x|become[root]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
151Those who are defeated in any way cannot become a garland around the Father's neck.
136और यहाँ हाथ उठवाते हैं तो सभी क्या कहते हैं ? aur yahā̃ hāth uṭhvātē haĩ tō sabhī kyā kahtē haĩ ? aur yahā̃ hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhvānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō sab[adv.hī] kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? and here hand make raise[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then all what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
152When Baba makes you raise your hand, what do you all say?
137लक्ष्मी नारायण बनेंगे . lakṣhmī nārāyaṇ banē̃gē . lakṣhmī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nārāyaṇ bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . Lakshmi Narayan become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
153That you will become Lakshmi or Narayan.
138चलो लक्ष्मी-नारायण वा लक्ष्मी-नारायण के परिवार में साथी वह भी बनना श्रेष्ठ पद है . chalō lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ vā lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ kē|K parivār mē̃ sāthī vah bhī bannā śhrēṣhṭh pad hai . chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Lakshmi and Narayan or Lakshmi and Narayan (of|K) family in companion that too become[inf.m.sg.d.] elevated status be[pres.sg.23] .
154OK, if you become Lakshmi or Narayan or even companions in their family, to become that is also an elevated status.
139इसलिए बापदादा सिर्फ एक शब्द कहते हैं , अभी तीव्र गति से उड़ती कला में उड़ते रहो और अपने उड़ती कला के वायब्रेशन से वायुमण्डल में सहयोग का वायुमण्डल फैलाओ . isliē bāpdādā sirph ēk śhabda kahtē haĩ , abhī tīvr gati sē uṛtī kalā mē̃ uṛtē rahō aur apnē uṛtī kalā kē|K vibration sē vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ sahyōg kā vāyumaṇḍal phailāō . isliē bāpdādā sirph[adj.] ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ab[adv.hī] tīvr[adj.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] uṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vibration sē[postp.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore BapDada only one word say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , now intense speed from fly[pres-part.f.] degree in fly[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] and one’s own fly[pres-part.f.] degree (of|K) vibrations from atmosphere in cooperation of atmosphere spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
155Therefore, BapDada simply says one thing: Now continue to fly in the flying stage at a fast speed and with the vibrations of your flying stage, spread the atmosphere of co-operation.
140क्या जब प्रकृति के लिए आप सबने चैलेन्ज की है , कि प्रकृति को भी परिवर्तन करके ही छोड़ेंगे . kyā jab prakr̥iti kē liē āp sabnē challenge kī hai , ki prakr̥iti kō bhī parivartan karkē hī chhōṛē̃gē . kyā jab prakr̥iti[x] kē liē[x] āp[pn.pl.] sabnē challenge karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , ki[conj.] prakr̥iti[x] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] hī[p.] chhōṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . what when matter for you x challenge do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , that matter to too transformation do[abs.] only renounce[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
156All of you have challenged matter that you will definitely transform the elements.
141है ना वायदा ? hai nā vāydā ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ? be[pres.sg.23] ∅ promise ? 142वायदा किया है ? vāydā kiyā hai ? vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? promise do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
157You have promised this, have you not?
143किया है . kiyā hai . karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
158Have you promised this?
144कांध हिलाओ , हाथ नहीं . kāndh hilāō , hāth nahī̃ . kāndh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] . shoulder make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hand not .
159Do not wave, just nod.
145तो क्या अपने हमजिन्स मनुष्यात्माओं को दुःख और अशान्ति से परिवर्तन नहीं कर सकते ? tō kyā apnē hamjins manuṣhyātmāō̃ kō duḥkh aur aśhānti sē parivartan nahī̃ kar saktē ? tō kyā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hamjins[adj.] manuṣhyātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? then what one’s own x x to (hurt[root]|sorrow) and peacelessness from transformation not do[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
160So, can you not transform your equals, the human souls who are in sorrow and peacelessness?
146एक तो आपने चैलेन्ज किया है और दूसरा बापदादा को भी वायदा किया है , हम सभी अभी भी आपके कार्य में साथी हैं , परमधाम में भी साथी हैं और राज्य में भी ब्रह्मा बाप के साथी रहेंगे . ēk tō āpnē challenge kiyā hai aur dūsrā bāpdādā kō bhī vāydā kiyā hai , ham sabhī abhī bhī āpkē kārya mē̃ sāthī haĩ , paramdhām mē̃ bhī sāthī haĩ aur rājya mē̃ bhī brahmā bāp kē|K sāthī rahē̃gē . ēk[adj.] tō āp[pn.pl.nē] challenge karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , ham[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , paramdhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . one then you[.nē] challenge do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and other BapDada to too promise do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , we all now too you[.kē] task in companion be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x in too companion be[pres.pl.12hon3] and kingdom in too Brahma father (of|K) companion remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
161Firstly, you have challenged it, and secondly, you have even promised BapDada: All of us are even now companions in Your task. 162We are Your companions in the supreme abode, and in the kingdom too, we will remain companions of Father Brahma.
147यह वायदा किया है ना ! yah vāydā kiyā hai nā ! yah[pn.sg.d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ! this promise do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ !
163You have promised this, have you not?
148तो साथ चलेंगे , साथ रहेंगे , और अभी भी साथ हैं . tō sāth chalē̃gē , sāth rahē̃gē , aur abhī bhī sāth haĩ . tō sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , aur ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then with continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , with remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , and now too with be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
164So, you will return together, stay together and even now, you are together.
149तो बाप का इशारा समय प्रति समय प्रैक्टिकल देख रहे हो - अचानक एवररेडी . tō bāp kā iśhārā samay prati samay practical dēkh rahē hō - achānak ever ready . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] practical dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] - achānak ever ready . then father of signal time for time practical see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] - suddenly ever-ready .
165From time to time, you are seeing the signals from the Father in a practical way. 166Suddenly. 167Ever-ready.
150क्या दादी के लिए सोचा था कि जा सकती है ? kyā dādī kē liē sōchā thā ki jā saktī hai ? kyā dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē liē[x] sōchnā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] jānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] ? what Dadi for think[past-perf.m.sg.] that go[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] ?
168Did you ever think that Dadi would go?
151अचानक का खेल देखा ना . achānak kā khēl dēkhā nā . achānak kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . suddenly of (play|play[root]) see[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .
169You saw the game of "suddenly".
152तो इस वर्ष एवररेडी . tō is varṣh ever ready . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ever ready . then this year ever-ready .
170So, this year, be ever-ready.
153बाप के दिल की आशाओं को पूर्ण करने वाले आशाओं के दीपक बनना ही है . bāp kē|K dil kī|key āśhāō̃ kō pūrṇ karnē vālē āśhāō̃ kē|K dīpak bannā hī hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pūrṇ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dīpak[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father (of|K) heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) desire to x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who desire (of|K) x become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
171You have to become lamps of hope, the ones who fulfil the hopes of the Father's heart.
154बाप की आशाओं को तो जानते ही हो . bāp kī|key āśhāō̃ kō tō jāntē hī hō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) desire to then know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
172You know the Father's hopes.
155बनना है ? bannā hai ? bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? 156कि बन जायेंगे , देख लेंगे … जो समझते हैं बनना ही है , वह हाथ उठाओ . ki ban jāyēṅgē , dēkh lē̃gē … jō samajhtē haĩ bannā hī hai , vah hāth uṭhāō . ki[conj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] … jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , see[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] … that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , that raise your hands .
173Are you going to become that or do you think, "I will become that anyway I will see about that"? 174Those who feel that you have to become that, raise your hands.
157देखो कैमरे में आ रहा है . dēkhō kaimarē mē̃ ā rahā hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] camera[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] camera in come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
175Look, this is being recorded on camera.
158बापदादा को खुश तो बहुत अच्छा करते हो . bāpdādā kō khuśh tō bahut achchhā kartē hō . bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśh[adj.] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . BapDada to happy then very achcha do[pres.pl.m.2] .
176You please BapDada very well.
159बापदादा भी बच्चों के बिना अकेला जा नहीं सकता . bāpdādā bhī bachchō̃ kē|K binā akēlā jā nahī̃ saktā . bāpdādā bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada too child (of|K) without alone go[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
177BapDada also cannot return home alone without the children.
160देखो ब्रह्मा बाबा भी आप बच्चों के लिए मुक्ति का गेट खोलने के लिए इन्तजार कर रहे हैं . dēkhō brahmā bābā bhī āp bachchō̃ kē liē mukti kā get|gate khōlnē kē liē intjār kar rahē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] brahmā bābā[x] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] get|gate khōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x too you child for liberation of (get|gate) open[inf.m.pl.,o.] for wait do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
178Look, Father Brahma is also waiting for you children to open the gates of liberation.
161एडवांस पार्टी भी इन्तजार कर रही है . advance party bhī intjār kar rahī hai . advance party[x] bhī[p.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . advance party too wait do[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
179The advance party is also waiting for you.
162आप इन्तजाम करने वाले हैं . āp intjām karnē vālē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] intzām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . you preparations do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
180You are the ones who have to make the preparations.
163आप इन्तजार करने वाले नहीं , इन्तजाम करने वाले हैं . āp intjār karnē vālē nahī̃ , intjām karnē vālē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] , intzām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . you wait do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not , preparations do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
181You are not the ones who are waiting; you are the ones who make the preparations.
164तो इस वर्ष लक्ष्य रखो लेकिन लक्ष्य आरै लक्षण को समान रखना . tō is varṣh lakṣhya rakhō lēkin lakṣhya ārai lakṣhaṇ kō samān rakhnā . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin lakṣhya[adj.] x lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samān[adj.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then this year aim keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but aim x qualification to equal keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
182So, this year, keep the aim. 183However, keep the aim and qualifications equal.
165ऐसे नहीं हो लक्ष्य बहुत ऊंचा और लक्षण में कमज़ोरी , नहीं . aisē nahī̃ hō lakṣhya bahut ūñchā aur lakṣhaṇ mē̃ kamzōrī , nahī̃ . aisē nahī̃[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lakṣhya[adj.] bahut ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , nahī̃[neg] . it isn't that (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) aim very elevated and qualification in weakness , not .
184It should not be that your aim is very high but that you are very weak in the qualifications.
166लक्ष्य और लक्षण समान हो . lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ samān hō . lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] samān[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . aim and qualification equal (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
185No; your aim and its qualifications have to be equal.
167जो आपके दिल की आश है समान बनने की , वह तब पूर्ण होगी जब लक्ष्य और लक्षण समान होंगे . jō āpkē dil kī|key āśh hai samān bannē kī|key , vah tab pūrṇ hōgī jab lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ samān hōṅgē . jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] samān[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , vah[pn.sg.d.] tab pūrṇ[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] jab lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] samān[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that you[.kē] heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) desire be[pres.sg.23] equal become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , that for only then x be[fut.f.sg.23] when aim and qualification equal be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
186Your heart's desire is to become equal and that will only be fulfilled when your aim and its qualifications are equal.
168अभी थोड़ा-थोड़ा अन्तर पड़ जाता है , लक्ष्य और लक्षण में . abhī thōṛā-thōṛā antar paṛ jātā hai , lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ mē̃ . ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . now short difference fall[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , aim and qualification in .
187Now, there is a little difference between your aim and its qualifications.
169प्लैन बहुत अच्छे बनाते हो , आपस में रूहरिहान भी बहुत अच्छी-अच्छी करते हो . plan bahut achchhē banātē hō , āpas mē̃ rūhrihān bhī bahut achchhī-achchhī kartē hō . plan bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2] , āpas mē̃[x] rūhrihān[x] bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . plan very achcha create[pres.pl.m.2] , with each other spiritual conversation too very achcha do[pres.pl.m.2] .
188You make very good plans. 189You also have very good heart-to-heart conversations among yourselves.
170एक दो को अटेन्शन भी दिलाते हो . ēk dō kō attention bhī dilātē hō . ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kō[postp.] attention bhī[p.] dilānā[pres.pl.m.2] . one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) to attention too x[pres.pl.m.2] .
190You also remind one another to pay attention.
171अभी दृढ़ता हमारा जन्म सिद्ध अधिकार है , इस संकल्प को अनुभव के स्वरूप में लाओ . abhī dr̥iṛhtā hamārā janm siddha adhikār hai , is saṅkalp kō anubhav kē|K svarūp mē̃ lāō . ab[adv.hī] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] ham[pn.pl.kā] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] siddh[adj.] adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now determination we[.kā] (be born[root]|life) successful right be[pres.sg.23] , this thought to experience (of|K) form in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
191"Determination is our birthright": now become an embodiment of the experience of this thought.
172चेक करो - जो कहते हैं उसका अनुभव भी करते हैं ? check karō - jō kahtē haĩ uskā anubhav bhī kartē haĩ ? check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kā] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - that say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kā] experience too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
192Check: Am I also experiencing what I am saying?
173पहला शब्द मैं आत्मा हूँ , इसी को ही चेक करो . pahlā śhabda maĩ ātmā hū̃ , isī kō hī check karō . pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] maĩ ātmā hū̃[x] , yah[pn.sg.hī] kō[postp.] hī[p.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x word I am a soul , this[.hī] to only check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
193Check the first expression "I am a soul".
174इस आत्मा स्वरूप के अनुभव की अथॉरिटी हूँ , क्योंकि अनुभव की अथॉरिटी नम्बरवन है . is ātmā svarūp kē|K anubhav kī|key authority hū̃ , kyōṅki anubhav kī|key authority number one hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key authority hōnā[pres.sg.1] , kyōṅki anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key authority number one hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this soul form (of|K) experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) authority be[pres.sg.1] , because experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) authority number one be[pres.sg.23] .
194Am I an authority of experience of the form of the soul? 195Because the authority of experience is number one.
175अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
196Achcha.
176 ( हाल में कुछ हलचल हुई ) आप सब किस स्थिति में हो ? ( hall|hāl mē̃ kuchh halchal huī ) āp sab kis sthiti mē̃ hō ? ( hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh halchal[x] hōnā[past-part.f.] ) āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? ( (hall|x) in anything upheaval be[past-part.f.] ) you all (who|what) stage in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
197(There was some upheaval in the hall.) 198In which stage are all of you?
177हलचल में हो . halchal mē̃ hō . halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . upheaval in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
199Are you in upheaval?
178अटेन्शन देने वाले दे रहे हैं , आपको क्या करना है ? attention dēnē vālē dē rahē haĩ , āpkō kyā karnā hai ? attention dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.kō] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? attention give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , you[.kō] what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
200Those who have to pay attention to that are doing that. 201What do you all have to do?
179शुभ भावना के वायब्रेशन . śhubh bhāvnā kē|K vibration . śhubh bhāvnā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vibration . pure feeling (of|K) vibrations .
202The vibrations of good wishes.
180तो सोचो हर बात सामने लाओ . tō sōchō har|her bāt sāmnē lāō . tō sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] harnā[root]|har|her bāt[n.f.;sg.] sāmnē lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (x[root]|x) matter x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
203So, think. 204Bring everything in front of you.
181चाहे आत्मा , चाहे परमात्मा , चाहे चक्र सभी में अनुभव मूर्त कहाँ तक बने हैं ? chāhē ātmā , chāhē paramātmā , chāhē chakra sabhī mē̃ anubhav mūrt kahā̃ tak banē haĩ ? chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē ātmā[n.f.;sg.] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] mē̃[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] kahā̃ tak[x] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) soul , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) Supreme Soul , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) (x|cycle) all in experience image to what extent become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
205Whether it is the soul, the Supreme Soul or the cycle: to what extent have you become an embodiment of experience in each one of these?
182अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
206Achcha.
183अभी किसी भी परिस्थिति में स्व-स्थिति पर स्थित रह सकते हो ? abhī kisī bhī paristhiti mē̃ sva-sthiti par sthit rah saktē hō ? ab[adv.hī] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sva-sthiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sthit[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? now (anything|some) too circumstances in original stage (at|other) stabilised remain[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
207In any situation, are you able to remain stable in your original stage?
184मन की एकाग्रता ( ड्रिल ) अच्छा . man kī|key ēkāgratā ( drill ) achchhā . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ēkāgratā[n.m.;sg.,d.] ( drill ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) concentration ( drill ) achcha .
208The drill of the concentration of the mind.
185तीन बिन्दियों का स्मृति स्वरूप बन सकते हो ना ! tīn bindiyō̃ kā smr̥iti svarūp ban saktē hō nā ! tīn[adj.] bindī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] smr̥iti svarūp[x] bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] nā ! x point of x become[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ∅ !
209Can you become an embodiment of the awareness of the three points?
186बस फुलस्टाप . bas fullstop . bas|basnā[root] full stop . (simply|x[root]) full stop .
210Simply put a full-stop!
187अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
211Achcha.
212(BapDada conducted drill.)
188सेवा का टर्न पंजाब जोन का है , ( पंजाब हिमाचल , हरियाणा , जम्मू कश्मीर , उत्तराचंल ) : अच्छा जो कहा हुआ है ना पंजाब शेर , वह संख्या भी बहुत अच्छी लाये हैं . sēvā kā turn pañjāb zone kā hai , ( pañjāb himācal , hariyāṇā , jammū kaśhmīr , uttarācãl ) : achchhā jō kahā huā hai nā pañjāb śhēr , vah saṅkhyā bhī bahut achchhī lāyē haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] zone kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ( pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] x , hariyāṇā , x kaśhmīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] , x ) : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . service of you Punjab zone of be[pres.sg.23] , ( Punjab x , x , x Kashmir , x ) : achcha that say[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ Punjab lion , that x too very achcha x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
213It was Punjab's turn to serve (Punjab, Himachal, Hariyana, Jammu, Kashmir and Uttranchal): It has been said that Punjab is a lion, and so they have brought a very good number.
189सभी को मालूम पड़ गया तो पंजाब शेर है इसलिए सभी उमंग-उत्साह से पहुंच गये हैं और पंजाब का कितना बड़ा पुण्य बन गया . sabhī kō mālūm paṛ gayā tō pañjāb śhēr hai isliē sabhī umaṅg-utsāh sē pahuñch gayē haĩ aur pañjāb kā kitnā baṛā puṇya ban gayā . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] mālūm[adj.] paṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] tō pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē sab[adv.hī] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] aur pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . all to x fall[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] then Punjab lion be[pres.sg.23] therefore all zeal and enthusiasm from reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] and Punjab of so very charity become[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
214Everyone now knows that Punjab is a lion, and this is why all of you have arrived here with zeal and enthusiasm. 215And Punjab has accumulated so much charity.
190एक ब्राह्मण की सेवा करते वह भी कैसा ब्राह्मण , और आपने कितने ब्राह्मणों की , सच्चे ब्राह्मणों की सेवा की . ēk brāhmaṇ kī|key sēvā kartē vah bhī kaisā brāhmaṇ , aur āpnē kitnē brāhmaṇō̃ kī|key , sachchē brāhmaṇō̃ kī|key sēvā kī|key . ēk[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , aur āp[pn.pl.nē] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . one Brahmin (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that too how Brahmin , and you[.nē] so Brahmin (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , true Brahmin (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
216People serve just one brahmin and even in that, what type of brahmin would that be, whereas you have served so many Brahmins, true Brahmins.
191रोज अपना पुण्य का खाता जमा किया . rōj apnā puṇya kā khātā jamā kiyā . rōz apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] puṇya kā khātā[x] jamā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . day (one’s own|adopt[root]) accounts of charity accumulate .
217You have accumulated in your account of charity every day.
192यह भी ड्रामा में एक पुण्य के खाते में सहज वृद्धि का साधन है . yah bhī drama mē̃ ēk puṇya kē|K khātē mē̃ sahaj vr̥iddhi kā sādhan hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] drama mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] sahaj[adj.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this too drama in one charity (of|K) (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) in easy growth of facilities be[pres.sg.23] .
218This is also a method in the drama of easily increasing your account of charity.
193जो इस उमंग उत्साह से आता है वह थोडे दिनों में बहुत अपना पुण्य का खाता जमा कर सकता है . jō is umaṅg utsāh sē ātā hai vah thōḍē dinō̃ mē̃ bahut apnā puṇya kā khātā jamā kar saktā hai . jō[pn.;d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bahut apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] puṇya kā khātā[x] jamā karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . that this zeal enthusiasm from come[pres.sg.m.23] that short day in very (one’s own|adopt[root]) accounts of charity accumulate .
219Those who come with this zeal and enthusiasm can accumulate in their account of charity a great deal in a few days.
194और अब संगमयुग के समय का पुण्य का खाता बहुत समय काम में आयेगा बाकी पंजाब के सेवा की रिपोर्ट भी देखी . aur ab saṅgamyug kē|K samay kā puṇya kā khātā bahut samay kām mē̃ āyēgā bākī pañjāb kē|K sēvā kī|key report bhī dēkhī . aur ab[adv.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya kā khātā[x] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] bākī|bākī pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key report bhī[p.] dēkhnā[past-part.f.] . and now confluence age (of|K) time of accounts of charity very time (lust|task) in come[fut.m.sg.23] (but|others) Punjab (of|K) service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) report too see[past-part.f.] .
220Accumulating in your account of charity at the confluence age will be useful to you for a long time. 221Baba saw Punjab's service report.
195बापदादा पहले ही मुबारक दे चुके हैं . bāpdādā pahlē hī mubārak dē chukē haĩ . bāpdādā pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+cuknā] . BapDada (firstly|x) only congratulations give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+cuknā] .
222BapDada has already given congratulations.
196सेवाकेन्द्र भी हैं , गीता पाठशालायें भी हैं , वृद्धि भी हो रही है और सभी के मन में इस बारी शिवरात्रि के समय की बहुत सेवा के उमंग उत्साह की लहर है . sēvākēndra bhī haĩ , gītā pāṭhśhālāyē̃ bhī haĩ , vr̥iddhi bhī hō rahī hai aur sabhī kē|K man mē̃ is bārī śhivrātri kē|K samay kī|key bahut sēvā kē|K umaṅg utsāh kī|key lahar hai . sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , gītā[n.f.;sg.] pāṭhśhālā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] aur sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] śhivrātri[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahut sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lahar[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . centre too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , Gita pathshala too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , growth too be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] and all (of|K) mind in this x Shiva Ratri (of|K) time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) very service (of|K) zeal enthusiasm (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) wave be[pres.sg.23] .
223There are service centres, Gita pathshalas and there is good expansion taking place. 224This time, in everyone's mind, there was a great wave of zeal and enthusiasm for service at the time of Shiv Ratri.
197अभी जहाँ जहाँ भी चाहे मीडिया द्वारा , चाहे फंक्शन्स द्वारा सेवा का उमंग उत्साह अच्छा दिखाया है . abhī jahā̃ jahā̃ bhī chāhē media dvārā , chāhē functions dvārā sēvā kā umaṅg utsāh achchhā dikhāyā hai . ab[adv.hī] jahā̃ jahā̃ bhī[p.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē media dvārā , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē function dvārā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dikhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . now where there where there too (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) media through , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x through service of zeal enthusiasm achcha x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
225Now, wherever you go, whether through media or functions, you have shown very good zeal and enthusiasm for service.
198अभी क्या करना है ? abhī kyā karnā hai ? ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? now what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
226What are you going to do now?
199अभी जो हर एक ने संकल्प किया है , बाप को प्रत्यक्ष करना ही है . abhī jō har ēk nē saṅkalp kiyā hai , bāp kō pratyakṣha karnā hī hai . ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] har ēk[x] nē[postp.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now that each one ∅ thought do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , father to visible do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
227Now, the thought that each one of you has had, "We are definitely going to reveal the Father".
200उसकी डेट अपने परिवर्तन की कलम से सेट करो . uskī date apnē parivartan kī|key kalam sē set karō . vah[pn.sg.kī] date apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kalam[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] set karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kī] date one’s own transformation (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x from set do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
228Fix a date for that with the pen of your transformation.
201पैन्सिल से सेट नहीं होगा , यह आपके परिवर्तन के तीव्र पुरूषार्थ की कलम से प्रत्यक्षता की डेट सहज ही फिक्स हो जायेगी . pencil sē set nahī̃ hōgā , yah āpkē parivartan kē|K tīvr purūṣhārth kī|key kalam sē pratyakṣhatā kī|key date sahaj hī fix hō jāyēgī . pencil sē[postp.] set nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kalam[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key date sahaj[adj.] hī[p.] fix hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . pencil from set not be[fut.m.sg.23] , this you[.kē] transformation (of|K) intense effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x from revelation (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) date easy only fix be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
229It will not be set with a pencil. 230The date for revelation will easily be fixed with the pen of your intense effort for transformation.
202तो अभी बापदादा देखेंगे कि किस जोन की पहला नम्बर रिपोर्ट आती है कि सारा जोन मन्सा-वाचा-कर्मणा , सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में निर्विघ्न है और दृढ़ ही रहेगा . tō abhī bāpdādā dēkhē̃gē ki kis zone kī|key pahlā number report ātī hai ki sārā zone mansā-vāchā-karmaṇā , sambandh-sampark mē̃ nirvighna hai aur dr̥iṛh hī rahēgā . tō ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] zone karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pahlā number[x] report ānā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] zone mansā-vāchā-karmaṇā , sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nirvighna[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur dr̥iṛh[adj.] hī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then now BapDada see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that (who|what) zone (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x report come[pres.sg.f.23] that the whole zone with your thoughts, words or actions , x in free from obstacles be[pres.sg.23] and determined only remain[fut.m.sg.23] .
231Now, BapDada will see which zone has the number one report, that in their whole zone everyone will remain free from obstacles and determined in their thoughts, words, deeds, relationships and connections.
203इसमें नम्बरवन कौन रहता है ? ismē̃ number one kaun rahtā hai ? yah[pn.sg.mē̃] number one kaun[pn.;d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? this[.mē̃] number one who remain[pres.sg.m.23] ?
232Who will become number one in this?
204सिर्फ सेन्टर नहीं , पहले सेन्टर को मजबूत करो फिर अपने कनेक्शन के सेन्टर को मजबूत करो , फिर जोन को मजबूत करो . sirph centre nahī̃ , pahlē centre kō majbūt karō phir apnē connection kē|K centre kō majbūt karō , phir zone kō majbūt karō . sirph[adj.] centre nahī̃[neg] , pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre kō[postp.] majbūt[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] connection kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K centre kō[postp.] majbūt[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] zone kō[postp.] majbūt[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . only centre not , (firstly|x) centre to x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (turn[root]|then) one’s own connection (of|K) centre to x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (turn[root]|then) zone to x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
233Not just the centres, first of all make the centres strong, and then strengthen the centres in your connection and then strengthen the zone.
205विदेश वाले भी देश विदेश दोनों को बापदादा कार्य दे रहे हैं . vidēśh vālē bhī dēśh vidēśh dōnō̃ kō bāpdādā kārya dē rahē haĩ . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ kō[postp.] bāpdādā kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . abroad those who too land abroad x to BapDada task give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
234Those from abroad too. 235BapDada is giving this work to both those from this land and those from abroad.
206नम्बरवन कौन आता है . number one kaun ātā hai . number one kaun[pn.;d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . number one who come[pres.sg.m.23] .
236Who will become number one?
207भारत में जोन के रूप में है और विदेश में अपने रूप से बनाये हुए हैं ना . bhārat mē̃ zone kē|K rūp mē̃ hai aur vidēśh mē̃ apnē rūp sē banāyē huē haĩ nā . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] zone kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] banānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā . Bharat in zone (of|K) Rup in be[pres.sg.23] and abroad in one’s own Rup from create[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
237In Bharat there are the zones and abroad you have done it in your own way.
208अमेरिका जोन , अफ्रीका जोन बना दिया है . America zone , aphrīkā zone banā diyā hai . America zone , aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] zone bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . America zone , Africa zone (become[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) .
238You have created the zones of America, Africa etc.
209कौन नम्बरवन आता है ? kaun number one ātā hai ? kaun[pn.;d.] number one ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? who number one come[pres.sg.m.23] ? 210निर्विघ्न . nirvighna . nirvighna[adj.] . free from obstacles .
239Who will become number one free from obstacles?
211हो सकता है ना ! hō saktā hai nā ! hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] nā ! be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ∅ !
240It is possible, is it not?
212सारा जोन निर्विघ्न हो जाए , हो सकता है ? sārā zone nirvighna hō jāē , hō saktā hai ? sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] zone nirvighna[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? the whole zone free from obstacles be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
241Is it possible for the whole zone to become free from obstacles?
213हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
242Is it possible?
214बोलो , पहली लाइन बोले . bōlō , pahlī line bōlē . bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line bōlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bōlnā[opt.sg.23] . speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x line (speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|speak[opt.sg.23]) .
243Speak, those in the first line, speak!
215हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
244Is it possible?
216जयन्ती बोलो , हो सकता है ? jayantī bōlō , hō saktā hai ? jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? Jayanti speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
245Jayanti, speak! 246Is it possible?
217अच्छा - टीचर्स उठो . achchhā - teachers uṭhō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - teacher uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha - teacher wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
247Achcha, teachers, stand up!
218बापदादा इतनी टीचर्स को देख खुश हो रहे हैं . bāpdādā itnī teachers kō dēkh khuśh hō rahē haĩ . bāpdādā itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] teacher kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada such teacher to see[root] happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
248BapDada is pleased to see so many teachers.
219क्यों टीचर्स गुरूभाई हैं . kyō̃ teachers gurūbhāī haĩ . kyō̃ teacher gurū-bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . why teacher guru-bhai be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
249Why? 250Because teachers are guru-bhais.
220 ( 2100 टीचर्स आई हैं ) अच्छा है टीचर्स निमित्त हैं . ( 2100 teachers āī haĩ ) achchhā hai teachers nimitt haĩ . ( 2100 teacher ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] teacher nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ( 2100 teacher come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] teacher instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 221निर्विघ्न बन निर्विघ्न वायुमण्डल बनाने के लिए . nirvighna ban nirvighna vāyumaṇḍal banānē kē liē . nirvighna[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] nirvighna[adj.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] . free from obstacles (x|become[root]) free from obstacles atmosphere create[inf.m.pl.,o.] for .
251(2100 teachers have come.) 252It is good that the teachers are instruments to be free from obstacles and to create an atmosphere that is free from obstacles.
222तो टीचर्स लक्ष्य रखेंगी , लक्ष्य रखेंगी और डेट फिक्स आप करना , बाप नहीं करेगा . tō teachers lakṣhya rakhē̃gī , lakṣhya rakhē̃gī aur date fix āp karnā , bāp nahī̃ karēgā . tō teacher lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] aur date fix[x] āp[pn.pl.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then teacher aim keep[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , aim keep[fut.f.pl.12hon3] and fix a date you do[inf.m.sg.d.] , father not do[fut.m.sg.23] .
253So, the teachers will keep an aim. 254You will keep an aim and fix a date; the Father will not do that.
223हर एक जोन एक दो में प्लैन बनाओ और एक दो को भी प्रेरणा दो . har ēk zone ēk dō mē̃ plan banāō aur ēk dō kō bhī prērṇā dō . har ēk[x] zone ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] mē̃[postp.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] prērṇā[n.f.;sg.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . each one zone one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) in plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) to too inspiration (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
255Each zone should make plans and give inspiration to one another.
224जिस भी जोन में कोई भी नया उमंग उत्साह का प्लैन बने , तो एक दो को भी उमंग उत्साह देकर सभी को निर्विघ्न बनाना है . jis bhī zone mē̃ kōī bhī nayā umaṅg utsāh kā plan banē , tō ēk dō kō bhī umaṅg utsāh dēkar sabhī kō nirvighna banānā hai . jō[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] zone mē̃[postp.] kōī bhī[x] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] , tō ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] nirvighna[adj.] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . that too zone in anyone new zeal enthusiasm of plan (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) , then one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) to too zeal enthusiasm give[abs.] all to free from obstacles create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
256Any zone that has a new plan full of zeal and enthusiasm should give zeal and enthusiasm to one another and make everyone free from obstacles.
225हाथ उठे , अभी तो पुरूषार्थ के हाथ उठते हैं , प्रत्यक्षता के पहले सभी का हाथ उठे कि हम सदा के लिए निर्विघ्न है , निर्विघ्न रहेंगे . hāth uṭhē , abhī tō purūṣhārth kē|K hāth uṭhtē haĩ , pratyakṣhatā kē|K pahlē sabhī kā hāth uṭhē ki ham sadā kē liē nirvighna hai , nirvighna rahē̃gē . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhnā[opt.sg.23]|uṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , ab[adv.hī] tō puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhnā[opt.sg.23]|uṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] sadā kē liē[x] nirvighna[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , nirvighna[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . hand (wake up[opt.sg.23]|wake up[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , now then effort (of|K) hand wake up[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , revelation (of|K) (firstly|x) all of hand (wake up[opt.sg.23]|wake up[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that we constantly for free from obstacles be[pres.sg.23] , free from obstacles remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
257You should raise your hands. 258Now, the hands that are making effort are being raised, but before revelation takes place, everyone's hand should be raised: We are and will remain free from obstacles for all time.
226जब सभा में सभी का ऐसा हाथ उठेगा तो कितनी वाह ! jab sabhā mē̃ sabhī kā aisā hāth uṭhēgā tō kitnī vāh ! jab sabhā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vāh ! when court in all of such hand wake up[fut.m.sg.23] then so wah! ! 227वाह ! vāh ! vāh ! wah! ! 228हो जायेगी . hō jāyēgī . hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
259When the hand of everyone in such a gathering is raised in this way, there will be such a wonder!
229आपके भक्त भी खुश हो जायेंगे वह भी अपने अपने स्थान पर तालियां बजायेंगे . āpkē bhakta bhī khuśh hō jāyēṅgē vah bhī apnē apnē sthān par tāliyā̃ bajāyēṅgē . āp[pn.pl.kē] bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bajānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . you[.kē] devotee too happy be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] that too one’s own one’s own place (at|other) clapping play[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
260Your devotees will become happy and they too will clap at their own places.
230वाह मेरे ईष्ट देव वाह ! vāh mērē īṣhṭ dēv vāh ! vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kē] iṣhṭ[adj.] dēv[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāh ! wah! I[.kē] special loved deity wah! !
261Wah, my special beloved deity! 262Wah!
231तो करना है ना . tō karnā hai nā . tō karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . then do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .
263So, you are going to do this now, are you not?
232करना है ? karnā hai ? karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
264Are you going to do it?
233मधुबन वाले , मधुबन वालों को पहला नम्बर आना है . madhuban vālē , madhuban vālō̃ kō pahlā number ānā hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pahlā number[x] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . Madhuban those who , Madhuban those who to x come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
265Those from Madhuban. 266Madhuban has to come in the first number.
234आना नहीं है , करना है . ānā nahī̃ hai , karnā hai . ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) not be[pres.sg.23] , do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 235क्योंकि मधुबन की तरफ सबकी आकर्षण है . kyōṅki madhuban kī|key taraph sabkī ākarṣhaṇ hai . kyōṅki madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ākarṣhaṇ[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) direction everyone's attraction be[pres.sg.23] .
267You are not going to just claim number one; you have to do it, because now, everyone is attracted to Madhuban.
236मधुबन कहने से ही मधुबन का बाबा याद आता है . madhuban kahnē sē hī madhuban kā bābā yād ātā hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bābā yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . Madhuban say[inf.m.pl.,o.] from only Madhuban of Baba remembrance come[pres.sg.m.23] .
268As soon as you say "Madhuban", you remember Baba of Madhuban.
237मधुबन की विशेषता यह है . madhuban kī|key viśhēṣhtā yah hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality this be[pres.sg.23] .
269This is the speciality of Madhuban.
238तो बाप समान नम्बरवन बनना है . tō bāp samān number one bannā hai . tō bāp samān[x] number one bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then equal to the Father number one become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
270So, you have to become number one in being equal to the Father.
239सिर्फ एक बात मधुबन वालों को बाबा कहे , कहे ? sirph ēk bāt madhuban vālō̃ kō bābā kahē , kahē ? sirph[adj.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bābā kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] , kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] ? only one matter Madhuban those who to Baba (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) , (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) ?
271Should Baba say just one thing to those from Madhuban? 272Should Baba say one thing?
240हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
273Raise your hands.
241करना पड़ेगा . karnā paṛēgā . karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
274You will then have to do it?
242करेंगे ? karē̃gē ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
275Will you do it?
243करेंगे ? karē̃gē ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
276Will you?
244इसमें हाथ कम उठाये . ismē̃ hāth cum|kam uṭhāyē . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] uṭhānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . this[.mē̃] hand (x|less) uplift[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
277Few hands were raised for this.
245मधुबन निवासी एक-एक अपने को जिम्मेवारी दे तो मुझे बाप समान बनना ही है काई बने नहीं बने , मुझे बनना है | अपनी रेस्पोंसिबिलिटी तो उठा सकते हैं ना . madhuban nivāsī ēk-ēk apnē kō jimmēvārī dē tō mujhē bāp samān bannā hī hai kāī banē nahī̃ banē , mujhē bannā hai | apnī responsibility tō uṭhā saktē haĩ nā . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] tō maĩ[pn.sg.kō] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.kō] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] | apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] responsibility tō uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] nā . Madhuban resident one one’s own to responsibility (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) then I[.kō] equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] x (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) not (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) , I[.kō] become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] | one’s own responsibility then uplift[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ∅ .
278Each one of you residents of Madhuban should give yourself a responsibility: I definitely have to become equal to the Father. 279Whether others become that or not, I have to become that. 280You can take responsibility for yourself, can you not?
246दूसरे की छोड़ो , अपनी रेसपान्सिबिल्टी उठाये मुझे बनना है . dūsrē kī|key chhōṛō , apnī responsibility uṭhāyē mujhē bannā hai . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] responsibility uṭhānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] maĩ[pn.sg.kō] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . other (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , one’s own responsibility uplift[past-part.m.pl.,o.] I[.kō] become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 247मुझे करके दिखाना है . mujhē karkē dikhānā hai . maĩ[pn.sg.kō] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . I[.kō] do[abs.] x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
281Put aside others; at least take the responsibility for yourself that you have to become that: "I definitely have to demonstrate it."
248तो आप सबका वायुमण्डल अनेक आत्माओं को मदद देगा . tō āp sabkā vāyumaṇḍal anēk ātmāō̃ kō madad dēgā . tō āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] anēk[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] madad[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then you everyone's atmosphere many soul to x give[fut.m.sg.23] .
282The atmosphere from all of you will help many souls.
249यह नहीं देखो यह तो करते नहीं हैं , यह तो बदलते नहीं हैं , मैं बदलूं . yah nahī̃ dēkhō yah tō kartē nahī̃ haĩ , yah tō badaltē nahī̃ haĩ , maĩ badalū̃ . yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō badalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] badalnā[opt.sg.1] . this not see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] this then do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this then change[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , I change[opt.sg.1] .
283Do not look at others, thinking, "This one is not doing this. 284This one is not changing." 285Let me change.
250दूसरा आपेही बदलेंगे , मैं अपनी जिम्मेवारी लूं . dūsrā āpēhī badalē̃gē , maĩ apnī jimmēvārī lū̃ . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āpēhī badalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lēnā[opt.sg.1] . other automatically change[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , I one’s own responsibility take[opt.sg.1] .
286Others will change by themselves; let me take responsibility for myself.
251करेंगे ? karē̃gē ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
287Will you do this?
252पीछे भी बैठे हैं मधुबन वाले . pīchhē bhī baiṭhē haĩ madhuban vālē . pīchhē bhī[p.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . x too sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] Madhuban those who .
288Those from Madhuban are also sitting at the back.
253अच्छा कितना समय दें ? achchhā kitnā samay dē̃ ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? achcha so time give[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
289Achcha, how much time should you be given?
254रिजल्ट 6 मास के बाद पूछें . result 6 mās kē bād pūchhē̃ . result 6 mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] pūchhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . result 6 (month|x) after ask[opt.pl.12hon3] .
290Should Baba ask you for the result in six months' time?
2556 मास ठीक है . 6 mās ṭhīk hai . 6 mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . 6 (month|x) OK be[pres.sg.23] .
291Is six months enough?
256जो समझते हैं मैं बदलूं , दूसरे को नहीं देखो . jō samajhtē haĩ maĩ badalū̃ , dūsrē kō nahī̃ dēkhō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] badalnā[opt.sg.1] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] I change[opt.sg.1] , other to not see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 257दूसरे को बापदादा देखेगा . dūsrē kō bāpdādā dēkhēgā . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā dēkhnā[fut.m.sg.23] . other to BapDada see[fut.m.sg.23] .
292Those who feel that they will change, and do not look at others, because BapDada will look at others.
258न दूसरे का वर्णन करो , यह ऐसा है , यह ऐसा है , नहीं . na dūsrē kā varṇan karō , yah aisā hai , yah aisā hai , nahī̃ . na[neg] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , nahī̃[neg] . not other of x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this such be[pres.sg.23] , this such be[pres.sg.23] , not .
293Do not speak about others and say "This one is like this and that one is like that." 294No.
259वह बाप देखेगा , मुझे बदलना है . vah bāp dēkhēgā , mujhē badalnā hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[fut.m.sg.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.kō] badalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . that father see[fut.m.sg.23] , I[.kō] change[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
295The Father will look after that. 296I have to change.
260मधुबन की बहनें हैं , हाथ उठाओ मधुबन की बहनें . madhuban kī|key bahanē̃ haĩ , hāth uṭhāō madhuban kī|key bahanē̃ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] . Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , raise your hands Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x .
297Sisters of Madhuban, raise your hands.
261अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
298Achcha.
262बहनें भी करेंगी ना . bahanē̃ bhī karē̃gī nā . bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] nā . x too do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
299Sisters will also do this, will you not?
263शक्ति सेना को तो आगे रहना ही है . śhakti sēnā kō tō āgē rahnā hī hai . śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sēnā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] tō āgē rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Shakti army to then previously remain[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
300The Shakti Army has to stay ahead.
2646 मास में दूसरे को नहीं देखना , कारण नहीं बताना इसने किया ना . 6 mās mē̃ dūsrē kō nahī̃ dēkhnā , kāraṇ nahī̃ batānā isnē kiyā nā . 6 mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] batānā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.nē] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . 6 (month|x) in other to not see[inf.m.sg.d.] , because not tell[inf.m.sg.d.] this[.nē] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .
301For six months, do not look at others, do not give any reasons or excuses: "This one did this."
265करेंगे जरूर , परेशानी देंगे , क्योंकि माया सुन रही है ना . karē̃gē jarūr , parēśhānī dēgē , kyōṅki māyā sun rahī hai nā . karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] zarūr , parēśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , kyōṅki māyā[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] nā . do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] definitely , distress give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , because Maya listen[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ∅ .
302They will definitely do that; they will cause trouble because Maya is listening, is she not?
266बातें आयेंगी . bātē̃ āyēṅgī . bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . matter come[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
303Situations will come.
267आप कहो बातें ही नहीं आवें , यह नहीं होगा , लेकिन मझ्ु ो बदलना है . āp kahō bātē̃ hī nahī̃ āvē̃ , yah nahī̃ hōgā , lēkin majhu ō badalnā hai . āp[pn.pl.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , lēkin x x badalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . you say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] matter only not come[opt.pl.12hon3] , this not be[fut.m.sg.23] , but x x change[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
304You may say that there shouldn't be any situations, but it cannot be like that. 305However, I have to change.
268ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
306Is that all right?
269अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
307Achcha.
270टीचर्स , टीचर्स तो निमित्त हैं . teachers , teachers tō nimitt haĩ . teacher , teacher tō nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . teacher , teacher then instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
308Teachers. 309Teachers are instruments.
271सब टीचर चाहे छोटी चाहे बड़ी . sab teacher chāhē chhōṭī chāhē baṛī . sab[adj.] teacher chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] . all teacher (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) small (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) very . 272इसमें छोटे नहीं हो ना , सब बड़े हैं . ismē̃ chhōṭē nahī̃ hō nā , sab baṛē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā , sab[adj.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this[.mē̃] small not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ , all very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
310All teachers, whether young or old, do not be young in this, all are mature.
273सभी टीचर्स भी हिम्मत रखती हो , हिम्मत है ? sabhī teachers bhī himmat rakhtī hō , himmat hai ? sab[adv.hī] teacher bhī[p.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.f.2] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? all teacher too courage keep[pres.pl.f.2] , courage be[pres.sg.23] ?
311Do all of you teachers have courage?
2746 मास देते हैं . 6 mās dētē haĩ . 6 mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 6 (month|x) give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
312Baba is giving six months.
275हाथ उठाओ जो करेंगी . hāth uṭhāō jō karē̃gī . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . raise your hands that do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
313Those who will do this, raise your hands.
276बातें आयेंगी . bātē̃ āyēṅgī . bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . matter come[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
314Situations will come.
277यह नहीं कहना मैंने कोशिश की , कोशिश नहीं . yah nahī̃ kahnā mainnē kōśhiśh kī|key , kōśhiśh nahī̃ . yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.nē] kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . this not say[inf.m.sg.d.] I[.nē] try (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , try not .
315Don't say: I tried. 316There is no "try" now.
278बाप के प्यार की कशिश , कोशिश नहीं . bāp kē|K pyār kī|key kaśhiśh , kōśhiśh nahī̃ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kaśhiśh[x] , kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . father (of|K) love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) pull , try not .
317Let there be the attraction (kashish) of the Father's love, no more "try" (koshish).
279ठीक है टीचर्स . ṭhīk hai teachers . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] teacher . OK be[pres.sg.23] teacher .
318Is this OK, teachers?
280टीचर्स हाथ उठाओ , दो-दो हाथ उठाओ . teachers hāth uṭhāō , dō-dō hāth uṭhāō . teacher hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . teacher raise your hands , (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) raise your hands .
319Teachers, raise your hands. 320Raise both hands.
281सभी देख रहे हो . sabhī dēkh rahē hō . sab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . all see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
321Are all of you looking?
282हाथ उठाया है . hāth uṭhāyā hai . hāth uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . raise your hands .
322They have raised their hands.
283मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
323Congratulations.
284टीचर्स और मधुबन निवासी नम्बरवन . teachers aur madhuban nivāsī number one . teacher aur madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] number one . teacher and Madhuban resident number one .
324Teachers and residents of Madhuban should be number one.
285जो ओटे सो अर्जुन . jō ōṭē sō arjun . jō ōṭē sō arjun[x] . x .
325Those who take the initiative are Arjuna.
286अर्जुन माना बाप समान . arjun mānā bāp samān . arjun mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bāp samān[x] . Arjuna (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) equal to the Father .
326Arjuna means equal to the Father.
287कारण नहीं बताना , कारण तो आयेंगे , पहाड़ जैसे कारण आयेंगे , हिम्मत नहीं हारना . kāraṇ nahī̃ batānā , kāraṇ tō āyēṅgē , pahāṛ jaisē kāraṇ āyēṅgē , himmat nahī̃ hārnā . kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] batānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , pahāṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hārnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . because not tell[inf.m.sg.d.] , because then come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , x like because come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , courage not x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
327Do not give any reasons or excuses. 328Reasons will come, reasons as big as mountains will come, but do not lose your courage.
288वेलकम . welcome . welcome . welcome .
329Welcome.
289कारणों को कहो वेलकम और सेकण्ड में विदाई दे दो . kāraṇō̃ kō kahō welcome aur second mē̃ vidāī dē dō . kāraṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] welcome aur second mē̃[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . because to say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] welcome and second in farewell give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
330Say "Welcome" to the reasons and bid them farewell in a second.
290तीन बिन्दियों की चाबी , सफलता की चाबी तीन बिन्दियां . tīn bindiyō̃ kī|key chābī , saphaltā kī|key chābī tīn bindiyā̃ . tīn[adj.] bindī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tīn[adj.] bindī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] . x point (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) key , success (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) key x point .
331The key of the three points, the key to success, is the three dots.
291यह हमेशा साथ में रखना . yah hamēśhā sāth mē̃ rakhnā . yah[pn.sg.d.] hamēśhā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this x with in keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
332Always keep this with you.
292अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
333Achcha.
293अभी टीचर्स बैठ जाओ . abhī teachers baiṭh jāō . ab[adv.hī] teacher baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . now teacher sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
334Teachers can now sit down.
294कर्नाटक जोन वाले एक साल स्वार्णिम कनार्टक बनाने की सेवा करके आये हैं : बापदादा ने देखा सर्विस अच्छी की है . karnāṭak zone vālē ēk sāl svārṇim kanārṭak banānē kī|key sēvā karkē āyē haĩ : bāpdādā nē dēkhā service achchhī kī hai . karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] zone vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarṇim[adj.] karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] service[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . Karnataka zone those who one year golden Karnataka create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service do[abs.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] service achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
335Those from the Karnataka Zone have come having done the one-year service project of making Karnataka golden. 336BapDada saw that you have done good service.
295जितना भी तन-मन-धन उमंग-उत्साह लगाया है . jitnā bhī tan-man-dhan umaṅg-utsāh lagāyā hai . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] tan-man-dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . the more too body, mind and wealth zeal and enthusiasm attach[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . 296वह दिल से लगाया है | बापदादा जैसे स्वर्णिम कनार्टक मनाया है तो बापदादा भी दिल की दुआयें और दिल की मुबारक पदम पदमगुणा दे रहे हैं . vah dil sē lagāyā hai | bāpdādā jaisē svarṇim kanārṭak manāyā hai tō bāpdādā bhī dil kī|key duāyē̃ aur dil kī|key mubārak padam padamguṇā dē rahē haĩ . vah[pn.sg.d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] lagānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] | bāpdādā jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svarṇim[adj.] karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō bāpdādā bhī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . that heart from attach[pres-perf.sg.m.23] | BapDada like golden Karnataka celebrate[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then BapDada too heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing and heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations multimillion multimillion-fold give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
337However much you have engaged your body, mind and wealth in that, you have done that with your heart. 338For having had the programme of making Karnataka golden, BapDada is giving multimillion-fold congratulations and blessings from His heart.
297प्लैन भी अच्छा बनाया और प्रैक्टिकल किया है . plan bhī achchhā banāyā aur practical kiyā hai . plan bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur practical karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . plan too achcha create[past-part.m.sg.d.] and practical do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
339You have made a good plan and also put it into practical form.
298बापदादा ने आपके बोर्ड यहाँ दिखाने के पहले देख लिया . bāpdādā nē āpkē board yahā̃ dikhānē kē|K pahlē dēkh liyā . bāpdādā nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kē] board yahā̃ dikhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . BapDada ∅ you[.kē] board here x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) (firstly|x) see[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
340BapDada has already seen your board before seeing this board here.
299बैठ जाओ . baiṭh jāō . baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
341You may sit down.
300डबल विदेशी : अभी डबल विदेशियों को सिर्फ डबल विदेही नहीं कहो , डबल तीव्र पुरूषार्थी . double vidēśhī : abhī double vidēśhiyō̃ kō sirph double vidēhī nahī̃ kahō , double tīvr purūṣhārthī . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] : ab[adv.hī] double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sirph[adj.] double vidēhī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , double tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] . double foreigner : now double foreigner to only double bodiless not say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , double intense effort-maker .
342Double foreigners: Now double foreigners should not just be called double foreigners, but double intense effort-makers.
301हैं ना डबल पुरूषार्थी ? haĩ nā double purūṣhārthī ? hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā double purūṣhārthī[x] ? be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ double effort-maker ?
343You are double effort-makers, are you not?
302अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
344It is good.
303बापदादा ने देखा कि स्व पुरूषार्थ के ऊपर जो भी ग्रुप टर्न बाई टर्न आये उन्हों का अटेन्शन अच्छा रहा है . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki sva purūṣhārth kē ūpar jō bhī group turn by turn āyē unhō̃ kā attention achchhā rahā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] sva puruṣhārth kē ūpar[x] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] group tum by tum ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that x effort over that too group you by you (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) that of attention achcha remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
345BapDada saw that all the groups that have come, turn by turn, have paid good attention to their own individual effort.
304टीचर्स ने भी मेहनत की है और स्वयं भी पुरूषार्थ अच्छा किया है . teachers nē bhī mēhnat kī hai aur svayã bhī purūṣhārth achchhā kiyā hai . teacher nē[postp.] bhī[p.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur svayã bhī[p.] puruṣhārth achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . teacher ∅ too effort do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and x too effort achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
346Teachers have also worked hard and you yourselves have also made good effort.
305कईयों के पत्र भी बाप के पास पहुंचे हैं . kaīyō̃ kē|K patra bhī bāp kē pās pahuñchē haĩ . kaī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . some (of|K) x too father to reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
347Baba also received letters from many.
306तीव्र पुरूषार्थ की अनुभूति की है . tīvr purūṣhārth kī|key anubhūti kī hai . tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . intense effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) experience do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
348You have experienced intense effort.
307इसलिए डबल पुरूषार्थी नहीं लेकिन डबल तीव्र पुरूषार्थी . isliē double purūṣhārthī nahī̃ lēkin double tīvr purūṣhārthī . isliē double purūṣhārthī[x] nahī̃[neg] lēkin double tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] . therefore double effort-maker not but double intense effort-maker .
349This is why you are not just double effort-makers, but double intense effort- makers.
308बापदादा देख रहे हैं कि सेवा का लक्ष्य डबल तीव्र पुरूषार्थी बच्चों ने अपनी-अपनी एरिया में कोई गाँव भी रह नहीं जाए , यह अटेन्शन अच्छा दिया है . bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ ki sēvā kā lakṣhya double tīvr purūṣhārthī bachchō̃ nē apnī-apnī area mē̃ kōī gānv bhī rah nahī̃ jāē , yah attention achchhā diyā hai . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] double tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] area mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[opt.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] attention achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that service of aim double intense effort-maker child ∅ one’s own x in some village too remain[root] not (go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[opt.sg.23]) , this attention achcha give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . 309और प्लैन बनाया भी है . aur plan banāyā bhī hai . aur plan banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and plan create[past-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] .
350BapDada is seeing that the aim for service that the double intense effort-making children had, that no village in their area should be left out, you have paid very good attention to that, and you have also made plans.
310उल्हना तो नहीं रहेगा ना . ulhanā tō nahī̃ rahēgā nā . ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . complaint then not remain[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .
351Now there won't be any complaints, will there?
311कोई भी गांव वाला या शहर वाला आपको यह तो उल्हना नहीं देगा कि आपने बताया नहीं , हमारा बाप आया और आपने हमें बताया नहीं . kōī bhī gānv vālā yā śhahar vālā āpkō yah tō ulhanā nahī̃ dēgā ki āpnē batāyā nahī̃ , hamārā bāp āyā aur āpnē hamē̃ batāyā nahī̃ . kōī bhī[x] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yā śhahar[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.nē] batānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , ham[pn.pl.kā] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur āp[pn.pl.nē] ham[pn.pl.kō] batānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . anyone village those who or city those who you[.kō] this then complaint not give[fut.m.sg.23] that you[.nē] tell[past-part.m.sg.d.] not , we[.kā] father come[past-part.m.sg.d.] and you[.nē] we[.kō] tell[past-part.m.sg.d.] not .
352No one from any village or city will be able to complain to you saying that you didn't tell them, "Our Father came and you didn't even tell us!"
312उस समय तो चिल्लायेंगे ना ! us samay tō chillāyēṅgē nā ! vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō chillānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! that time then cry[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
353At that time, they will cry out, will they not?
313इसलिए सेवा का उमंग है और अटेन्शन भी है स्व उन्नति के प्रति . isliē sēvā kā umaṅg hai aur attention bhī hai sva unnati kē prati . isliē sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur attention bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sva unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē prati[x] . therefore service of zeal be[pres.sg.23] and attention too be[pres.sg.23] x self-progress for .
354This is why you have enthusiasm for service and also pay attention to self-progress.
314तीव्र पुरूषार्थ का अर्थ ही है जो गलती एक बार करेक्ट किया , वह दुबारा नहीं हो . tīvr purūṣhārth kā arth|earth hī hai jō galtī|galatī ēk bār correct kiyā , vah dubārā nahī̃ hō . tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] galnā[pres-part.f.]|galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] correct karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] dubārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . intense effort of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] that (x[pres-part.f.]|mistake) one time correct do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , that x not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
355Intense effort means that when you are corrected for a mistake once, you don't make the same mistake again.
315ऐसे नहीं कि एक ही गलती बार-बार होती रहे और कहो हम तीव्र पुरूषार्थी हैं | इसको तीव्र परूषार्थ नहीं कहेंगे . aisē nahī̃ ki ēk hī galtī|galatī bār-bār hōtī rahē aur kahō ham tīvr purūṣhārthī haĩ | iskō tīvr parūṣhārtha nahī̃ kahē̃gē . aisē nahī̃[x] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] galnā[pres-part.f.]|galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bār[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] aur kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ham[pn.pl.] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] | yah[pn.sg.kō] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . it isn't that that one only (x[pres-part.f.]|mistake) time be[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] and say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] we intense effort-maker be[pres.pl.12hon3] | this[.kō] intense effort not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
356It should not be that the same mistake continues to happen all the time and you say that you are intense effort-makers. 357That is not called intense effort.
316बापदादा ने सुना है कि मधुबन में भी तीव्र पुरुषार्थियों का ग्रुप है , वह हाथ उठाओ . bāpdādā nē sunā hai ki madhuban mē̃ bhī tīvr puruṣhārthiyō̃ kā group hai , vah hāth uṭhāō . bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada ∅ listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that Madhuban in too intense effort-maker of group be[pres.sg.23] , that raise your hands .
358BapDada has heard that there is a group of intense effort-makers in Madhuban. 359That group, raise your hands.
317उठो . uṭhō . uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 318तीव्र पुरूषार्थी . tīvr purūṣhārthī . tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] . intense effort-maker .
360Stand up intense effort-makers.
319बहनें नहीं हैं . bahanē̃ nahī̃ haĩ . bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
361There aren't any sisters.
320तो तीव्र पुरूषार्थ का अर्थ समझा , एक बार जो गलती हो जाए , जगदम्बा माँ ने शुरू-शुरू में सभी को यह अटेन्शन खिंचवाया . tō tīvr purūṣhārth kā arth|earth samjhā , ēk bār jō galtī hō jāē , jagadambā mā̃ nē śhurū-śhurū mē̃ sabhī kō yah attention khiñchvāyā . tō tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] , ēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] galnā[pres.pl.f.2] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[opt.sg.23] , jagadambā[x] mā̃[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] attention khichvānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then intense effort of (meaning|earth) (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) , one time that x[pres.pl.f.2] (go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[opt.sg.23]) , Jagadamba mother ∅ beginning in all to this attention draw[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
362So, did you understand the meaning of intense effort: that once you make a mistake... 363Mother Jagadamba had drawn everyone's attention to this in the early days.
321कहते तीव्र पुरूषार्थी हैं और एक गलती बार-बार होती रहे , तो करेक्शन क्या किया ? kahtē tīvr purūṣhārthī haĩ aur ēk galtī|galatī bār-bār hōtī rahē , tō correction kyā kiyā ? kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur ēk[adj.] galnā[pres-part.f.]|galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bār[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , tō correction kyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] intense effort-maker be[pres.pl.12hon3] and one (x[pres-part.f.]|mistake) time be[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , then x what do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
364You say that you are intense effort-makers and yet you continue to make the same mistake again and again! 365So, what correction did you make?
322इसीलिए तीव्र पुरूषार्थी ग्रुप मधुबन निवासी वा मधुबन के पास रहने वाले जो भी हैं डबल फारेनर्स भी बापदादा ने टाइटल दिया है , डबल तीव्र पुरूषार्थी . isīliē tīvr purūṣhārthī group madhuban nivāsī vā madhuban kē pās rahnē vālē jō bhī haĩ double foreigners bhī bāpdādā nē title diyā hai , double tīvr purūṣhārthī . isīliē tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] group madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] double foreigner bhī[p.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] title dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , double tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] . x intense effort-maker group Madhuban resident or Madhuban to remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who that too be[pres.pl.12hon3] double foreigner too BapDada ∅ title give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , double intense effort-maker . 323तो बार-बार वही भूल होती रहे तो तीव्र पुरूषार्थी का नाम खराब हो जाता है . tō bār-bār vahī bhūl hōtī rahē tō tīvr purūṣhārthī kā nām kharāb hō jātā hai . tō bār[n.f.;sg.] vahī bhūl[n.f.;sg.]|bhūlnā[root] hōnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] tō tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kharāb[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . then time this (mistake|forget[root]) be[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] then intense effort-maker of name bad be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
366So, the group of intense effort-makers from the residents of Madhuban, those living near and around Madhuban, and BapDada has given the double foreigners the title double intense effort- makers: if you continue to make the same mistake again and again, then the name of intense effort-makers becomes spoilt.
324इसालिए आप तीव्र पुरूषार्थी ग्रुप ध्यान देना . isāliē āp tīvr purūṣhārthī group dhyān dēnā . isliē[adv.] āp[pn.pl.] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] group dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore you intense effort-maker group attention give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
367That is why this group of intense effort-makers has to pay attention.
325अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 326आपस में ग्रुप बनाया है , अच्छा करते . āpas mē̃ group banāyā hai , achchhā kartē . āpas mē̃[x] group banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . with each other group create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , achcha do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
368It is good that you have created a group among yourselves. 369You are doing well.
327अच्छा डबल विदेशी , बापदादा खुश है लेकिन खुश है एक और बात की खुशी लानी है , कभी भी अपने को कम्बाइण्ड रूप से अकेला नहीं करना . achchhā double vidēśhī , bāpdādā khuśh hai lēkin khuśh hai ēk aur bāt kī|key khuśhī lānī hai , kabhī bhī apnē kō combined rūp sē akēlā nahī̃ karnā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ēk[adj.] aur bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] combined rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . achcha double foreigner , BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] but happy be[pres.sg.23] one and matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) happiness x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , ever too one’s own to combined Rup from alone not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
370Achcha, double foreigners, BapDada is pleased, and you have to please Him about one more thing. 371Never isolate yourself from the combined form.
328अकेला करना अर्थात् माया को वेलकम करना . akēlā karnā arthāt māyā kō welcome karnā . akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] welcome karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . alone do[inf.m.sg.d.] that is Maya to welcome do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
372To isolate yourself means to welcome Maya.
329इसलिए कम्बाइण्ड सर्वशक्तिवान का फायदा उठाना और समय पर ही माया अकेला करती है , यह अटेन्शन रखना . isliē combined sarvśhaktivān kā phāydā uṭhānā aur samay par hī māyā akēlā kartī hai , yah attention rakhnā . isliē combined sarvśhaktivān[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] uṭhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hī[p.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] attention rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore combined Almighty Authority of profit uplift[inf.m.sg.d.] and time (at|other) only Maya alone do[pres.sg.f.23] , this attention keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
373Therefore, take the benefit of the combined form of the Almighty Authority, and pay attention because Maya isolates you at the right time.
330सदा कम्बाइण्ड , बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा है तो डबल विदेशियों को कम्पनी अच्छी लगती है , कम्पेनियन अच्छा लगता है . sadā combined , bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā hai tō double vidēśhiyō̃ kō company achchhī lagtī hai , companion achchhā lagtā hai . sadā combined , bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] company achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] , companion achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . constantly combined , BapDada ∅ (firstly|x) too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then double foreigner to company achcha x[pres.sg.f.23] , x enjoy .
374Always remain combined. 375BapDada has told you earlier too that double foreigners love to have company and a companion.
331तो कभी भी अकेला नहीं बनना . tō kabhī bhī akēlā nahī̃ bannā . tō kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then ever too alone not become[inf.m.sg.d.] . 332जब बाप ऑफर कर रहा है , मैं साथ देने के लिए सदा साथ हूँ . jab bāp offer kar rahā hai , maĩ sāth dēnē kē liē sadā sāth hū̃ . jab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] offer karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . when father offer do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , I with give[inf.m.pl.,o.] for constantly with be[pres.sg.1] .
376So, since the Father is offering you Himself, never isolate yourself. 377I am always ready to give you company.
333अच्छी रिजल्ट है . achchhī result hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] result hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha result be[pres.sg.23] . 334रिजल्ट अच्छी है लेकिन और अच्छे ते अच्छी दिखानी ही है . result achchhī hai lēkin aur achchhē tē achchhī dikhānī hī hai . result achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dikhānā[inf.f.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . result achcha be[pres.sg.23] but and achcha from achcha x[inf.f.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
378The result is good, but you have to show it even better than the best.
335अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
379Achcha.
336हर टर्न में आना , यह बहुत अच्छी सिस्टम बनाई है . har|her turn mē̃ ānā , yah bahut achchhī system banāī hai . harnā[root]|har|her tum mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] system banānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . (x[root]|x) you in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) , this very achcha x create[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
380You have created a very good system of coming for every turn.
337अभी तो विदेश ऐसे हो गया है जो इन्डिया और ही दूर लगता है , विदेश नजदीक लगता है . abhī tō vidēśh aisē hō gayā hai jō India aur hī dūr lagtā hai , vidēśh najdīk lagtā hai . ab[adv.hī] tō vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] jō[pn.;d.] India aur hī[p.] dūr[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] , vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nazdīk lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . now then abroad such be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] that India and only distant x[pres.sg.m.23] , abroad x x[pres.sg.m.23] .
381Now, abroad has become such that India feels further away and the lands abroad seem close.
338विदेशी चतुरसुजान हैं , अगले साल के लिए पहले ही टिकेट का इन्तजाम कर लेते हैं . vidēśhī chatursujān haĩ , aglē sāl kē liē pahlē hī ticket kā intjām kar lētē haĩ . vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] chatursujān[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] ticket kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] intzām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] . foreigner x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , next year for (firstly|x) only x of preparations do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] .
382Those from abroad are very clever. 383They make preparations for their next year's ticket in advance.
339बापदादा को यह विदेशियों की चतुराई अच्छी लगती है . bāpdādā kō yah vidēśhiyō̃ kī|key chaturāī achchhī lagtī hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chaturāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . BapDada to this foreigner (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x achcha x[pres.sg.f.23] .
384BapDada likes this cleverness of those from abroad.
340अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
385Achcha.
341अभी मातायें उठो : मातायें और कुमारियां . abhī mātāyē̃ uṭhō : mātāyē̃ aur kumāriyā̃ . ab[adv.hī] mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] : mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur kumārī[x] . now mother wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] : mother and kumari . 342पौना हाल माताओं और कुमारियों का है . paunā hall|hāl mātāō̃ aur kumāriyō̃ kā hai . paunā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] aur kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . three quarters (hall|x) mother and kumari of be[pres.sg.23] .
386Mothers and Kumaris (Three quarters of the hall was full of mothers and Kumaris).
343माताओं को कुमारियों को नशा है . mātāō̃ kō kumāriyō̃ kō naśhā hai . mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . mother to kumari to intoxication be[pres.sg.23] .
387Do the mothers and Kumaris have intoxication?
344संगमयुग की मातायें , शिव शक्तियां कम नहीं हैं . saṅgamyug kī|key mātāyē̃ , śhiv śhaktiyā̃ cum|kam nahī̃ haĩ . saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , śhiv śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . confluence age (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) mother , Shiva Shakti (x|less) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
388The mothers of the confluence age, the Shiv Shaktis are no less.
345बापदादा तो माताओं को देख एक बात में खुश होते हैं , पाण्डवों को देखकर भी खुश होते हैं लेकिन मातायें अबला से शिव शक्ति बन गई . bāpdādā tō mātāō̃ kō dēkh ēk bāt mē̃ khuśh hōtē haĩ , pāṇḍavō̃ kō dēkhkar bhī khuśh hōtē haĩ lēkin mātāyē̃ ablā sē śhiv śhakti ban gaī . bāpdādā tō mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ablā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] śhiv śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . BapDada then mother to see[root] one matter in happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , Pandava to see[abs.] too happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but mother innocent one from Shiva Shakti become[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
389Seeing the mothers, BapDada is pleased about one thing. 390He is also pleased seeing the Pandavas, but the mothers have become Shiv Shaktis from being the innocent mothers.
346मातायें चैलेन्ज कर रही हैं , हम भारत को स्वर्ग बनाके ही छोड़ेंगे . mātāyē̃ challenge kar rahī haĩ , ham bhārat kō svarg banākē hī chhōṛē̃gē . mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] challenge karnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] , ham[pn.pl.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] svarg[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[abs.] hī[p.] chhōṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . mother challenge do[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] , we Bharat to heaven create[abs.] only renounce[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
391Mothers are issuing a challenge that they will definitely make Bharat into heaven.
347तो माताओं में हिम्मत है . tō mātāō̃ mē̃ himmat hai . tō mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then mother in courage be[pres.sg.23] .
392So, the mothers have courage.
348बापदादा भी माताओं को विशेष नमस्ते करते हैं . bāpdādā bhī mātāō̃ kō viśhēṣh namastē kartē haĩ . bāpdādā bhī[p.] mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] namastē karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada too mother to special x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
393BapDada is also giving special salutations to the mothers.
349अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
394Achcha.
350शिव शक्ति सेना हो . śhiv śhakti sēnā hō . śhiv śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sēnā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . Shiva Shakti army (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
395You are the Shiv Shakti Army.
351कमाल करके ही दिखानी है . kamāl karkē hī dikhānī hai . kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] hī[p.] dikhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . x do[abs.] only x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
396You definitely have to show wonders.
352नशा रखो हम नहीं करेंगे तो कौन करेगा . naśhā rakhō ham nahī̃ karē̃gē tō kaun karēgā . naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ham[pn.pl.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō kaun[pn.;d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] . intoxication keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] we not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then who do[fut.m.sg.23] .
397Have the intoxication: If we don't do this, who will do this?
353अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
398Achcha
354पाण्डव उठो : पाण्डवों की विशेषता है . pāṇḍav uṭhō : pāṇḍavō̃ kī|key viśhēṣhtā hai . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] : pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Pandava wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] : Pandava (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality be[pres.sg.23] .
399Pandavas: Pandavas have a speciality.
355सदा पाण्डवपति के साथ-साथ साथी रहे हैं . sadā pāṇḍavpati kē|K sāth-sāth sāthī rahē haĩ . sadā pāṇḍavpati[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāth-sāth sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . constantly Father of the Pandavas (of|K) x companion remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
400They have always been the companions of the Father of the Pandavas.
356विजय प्राप्त करने में भी यादगार में पाण्डव दिखाया हुआ है . vijay prāpt karnē mē̃ bhī yādgār mē̃ pāṇḍav dikhāyā huā hai . vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] yādgār[x] mē̃[postp.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . victory reached do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in too memorial in Pandava x[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
401The Pandavas have been portrayed in the memorial of attaining victory.
357तो पाण्डवों की विशेषता है पाण्डव , पाण्डवपति के प्यारे हैं . tō pāṇḍavō̃ kī|key viśhēṣhtā hai pāṇḍav , pāṇḍavpati kē|K pyārē haĩ . tō pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] , pāṇḍavpati[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then Pandava (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality be[pres.sg.23] Pandava , Father of the Pandavas (of|K) loving be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
402So, the speciality of the Pandavas is that they are loved by Pandava-pati (Father of the Pandavas).
358पाण्डवों का नाम ही है पाण्डवपति के साथी . pāṇḍavō̃ kā nām hī hai pāṇḍavpati kē|K sāthī . pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] pāṇḍavpati[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . Pandava of name only be[pres.sg.23] Father of the Pandavas (of|K) companion .
403The name of the Pandavas is: The companions of Pandava-pati.
359शिव शक्तियों का पार्ट अपना है . śhiv śhaktiyō̃ kā part apnā hai . śhiv śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Shiva Shakti of part (one’s own|adopt[root]) be[pres.sg.23] .
404The part of the Shiv Shaktis is their own.
360पाण्डवों के बिना सेवा में वृद्धि का आधार कम हो जाता है . pāṇḍavō̃ kē|K binā sēvā mē̃ vr̥iddhi kā ādhār kam hō jātā hai . pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kam hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . Pandava (of|K) without service in growth of basis decrease .
405Without the Pandavas, the support for the expansion of service is reduced.
361शिवशक्तियां हैं सकाश देने वाली और पाण्डव हैं वारिस और सहयोगी बनाने वाले . śhivśhaktiyā̃ haĩ sakāśh dēnē vālī aur pāṇḍav haĩ vāris aur sahyōgī banānē vālē . śhiv śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aur pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sahyōgī[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . Shiv Shakti be[pres.pl.12hon3] sakaash give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who and Pandava be[pres.pl.12hon3] heir and co-operative create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
406The Shiv Shaktis are those who give sakaash and the Pandavas are those who create heirs and co-operative souls.
362देखो , बड़े बड़े प्रोग्राम पाण्डवों के बिना हो नहीं सकते . dēkhō , baṛē baṛē programme pāṇḍavō̃ kē|K binā hō nahī̃ saktē . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , very very programme Pandava (of|K) without (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
407Look, the huge programmes could not have taken place without the Pandavas.
363इसीलिए चतुर्भुज रूप का यादगार है . isīliē chaturbhuj rūp kā yādgār hai . isīliē chaturbhuj[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yādgār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x x Rup of memorial be[pres.sg.23] .
408This is why there is the memorial of Chaturbhuj, the four-armed image.
364शिव शक्तियां पाण्डवों के बिना नहीं कर सकती पाण्डव शक्तियों के बिना नहीं कर सकते . śhiv śhaktiyā̃ pāṇḍavō̃ kē|K binā nahī̃ kar saktī pāṇḍav śhaktiyō̃ kē|K binā nahī̃ kar saktē . śhiv śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.f.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . Shiva Shakti Pandava (of|K) without not do[root] can[pres-part.f.] Pandava Shakti (of|K) without not do[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
409The Shiv Shaktis cannot do anything without the Pandavas and the Pandavas cannot do anything without the Shaktis.
365इसलिए हर एक पाण्डव के मस्तक में विजय का तिलक लगा हुआ है , उसको इमर्ज करो . isliē har ēk pāṇḍav kē|K mastak mē̃ vijay kā tilak lagā huā hai , uskō emerge karō . isliē har ēk[x] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.kō] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore each one Pandava (of|K) forehead in victory of tilak (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that[.kō] emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
410This is why the tilak of victory is applied to the forehead of each Pandava. 411Now make that emerge.
366बापदादा हर पाण्डव के मस्तक में विजयी पाण्डव का तिलक देखते हैं . bāpdādā har|her pāṇḍav kē|K mastak mē̃ vijayī pāṇḍav kā tilak dēkhtē haĩ . bāpdādā harnā[root]|har|her pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vijayī[adj.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada (x[root]|x) Pandava (of|K) forehead in victorious Pandava of tilak see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
412On the forehead of each Pandava, BapDada sees the tilak of victory applied.
367तो अच्छा है , सभी समझते हैं इस वर्ष का लास्ट बारी है , तो इसीलिए सभी से मिले ना . tō achchhā hai , sabhī samajhtē haĩ is varṣh kā last bārī hai , tō isīliē sabhī sē milē nā . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sab[adv.hī] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] last bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō isīliē sab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] nā . then achcha be[pres.sg.23] , all understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this year of last x be[pres.sg.23] , then x all from (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) ∅ .
413So, it is good. 414Everyone feels that this is the last meeting and this is why Baba has met everyone.
368मधुबन वालों से भी मिले . madhuban vālō̃ sē bhī milē . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] . Madhuban those who from too (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) .
415Baba also met those from Madhuban.
369और बापदादा को छोटा सा संगम भवन भी याद है . aur bāpdādā kō chhōṭā sā saṅgam bhavan bhī yād hai . aur bāpdādā kō[postp.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhavan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and BapDada to small x confluence Bhavan too remembrance be[pres.sg.23] .
416And BapDada also remembers the tiny Sangam Bhavan.
370बहुत मेहनत करते हैं और प्यार से मेहनत करते हैं . bahut mēhnat kartē haĩ aur pyār sē mēhnat kartē haĩ . bahut mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . very effort do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and love from effort do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
417They work very hard and they work with a lot of love.
371संगमभवन वाले उठो . saṅgamabhavan vālē uṭhō . x vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x those who wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
418Those from Sangam Bhavan, stand up.
372अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
419Achcha.
373चाहे सेवा में हैं . chāhē sēvā mē̃ haĩ . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) service in be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 374लेकिन दिल से सेवा करते हैं . lēkin dil sē sēvā kartē haĩ . lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . but heart from service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
420You may be engaged in service, but you do that with your heart.
375दिन-रात मेहनत अच्छी करते हैं , प्यार से करते हैं इसलिए बापदादा भी , है छोटा लेकिन कार्य बड़ा करते हैं . din-rāt mēhnat achchhī kartē haĩ , pyār sē kartē haĩ isliē bāpdādā bhī , hai chhōṭā lēkin kārya baṛā kartē haĩ . rāt-din mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] isliē bāpdādā bhī[p.] , hōnā[pres.sg.23] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēkin kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . day and night effort achcha do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , love from do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] therefore BapDada too , be[pres.sg.23] small but task very do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
421Day and night you work very hard. 422You do it with love and this is why BapDada says: You may be little, but you do a great task.
376और इन्हों के कार्य के प्यार के आधार से आप सभी को सैलवेशन मिली हैं . aur inhō̃ kē|K kārya kē|K pyār kē|K ādhār sē āp sabhī kō salvation milī haĩ . aur yah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] salvation milnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . and this (of|K) task (of|K) love (of|K) basis from you all to salvation receive[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .
423And, because of love being the basis of their work, all of you have received salvation.
377पहले यहाँ इतनी ट्रेनें नहीं आती थी , अभी कितनी ट्रेनें आती हैं तो इन्हों के सेवा के प्रभाव से आपको सैलवेशन अच्छी मिलती है . pahlē yahā̃ itnī ṭrēnē̃ nahī̃ ātī thī , abhī kitnī ṭrēnē̃ ātī haĩ tō inhō̃ kē|K sēvā kē|K prabhāv sē āpkō salvation achchhī miltī hai . pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yahā̃ itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] train[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[hab-past.f.] , ab[adv.hī] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] train[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] tō yah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kō] salvation achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . (firstly|x) here such train not come[hab-past.f.] , now so train come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] then this (of|K) service (of|K) x from you[.kō] salvation achcha receive[pres.sg.f.23] .
424At first, not so many trains used to come here. 425Now, so many trains come and it is with the impact of their service that all of you receive good facilities.
378इसलिए सभी इन थोड़े से सेवाधारियों को दिल से मुबारक दो . isliē sabhī in thōṛē sē sēvādhāriyō̃ kō dil sē mubārak dō . isliē sab[adv.hī] in|yah[pn.pl.o.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] sēvādhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore all (in|this) short from server to heart from congratulations (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
426Therefore, all of you give congratulations from your heart to these few servers.
379अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
427Achcha.
380अभी मिलन हो गया , किसकी शिकायत नहीं रहेगी मिले नहीं . abhī milan hō gayā , kiskī śikāyat nahī̃ rahēgī milē nahī̃ . ab[adv.hī] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , kaun[pn.sg.kī] x nahī̃[neg] rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] . now meeting be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , who[.kī] x not remain[fut.f.sg.23] (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) not .
428Now, the meeting has taken place. 429Now, no one can complain that Baba didn't meet them.
381सबसे मिले ना . sabsē milē nā . sabsē milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] nā . the most (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) ∅ .
430Baba met everyone, did He not?
382 ( बच्चे रह गये ) बहुत बच्चे हैं . ( bachchē rah gayē ) bahut bachchē haĩ . ( bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ) bahut bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ( child remain[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ) very child be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
431The children have been left out: There are many children.
383बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
432Very good.
384बच्चों के बिना तो रौनक नहीं होती है . bachchō̃ kē|K binā tō raunak nahī̃ hōtī hai . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā tō raunak[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . child (of|K) without then splendour not be[pres.sg.f.23] . 385और बच्चों को देखके सभी को बच्चों के प्रति बहुत प्यार पैदा होता है . aur bachchō̃ kō dēkhkē sabhī kō bachchō̃ kē prati bahut pyār paidā hōtā hai . aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē prati[x] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] paidā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . and child to see[abs.] all to child for very love born be[pres.sg.m.23] .
433There cannot be any splendour without children, and, seeing children, everyone feels a lot of love for them.
386बापदादा को भी खुशी होती है कि वाह ! bāpdādā kō bhī khuśhī hōtī hai ki vāh ! bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] vāh ! BapDada to too happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] that wah! !
434Even BapDada is pleased: Wah!
387बच्चों का लक , जो बचपन से ही कितनी बातों से बच गये . bachchō̃ kā luck , jō bachpan sē hī kitnī bātō̃ sē bach gayē . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] luck , jō[pn.;d.] bachpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bachnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . child of luck , that childhood from only so matter from x[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
435The luck of the children is that they have been saved in their childhood from so many things.
388बच्चे वह जो माया की बातों से बचे हुए हैं . bachchē vah jō māyā kī|key bātō̃ sē bachē huē haĩ . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bachnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bachnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . child that that Maya (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter from (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
436Children are those who have been saved from the things of Maya.
389ऐसे बच्चे हो ना . aisē bachchē hō nā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . such child (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
437You are such children, are you not?
390ऐसे हो ? aisē hō ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? such (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
438Are you like that?
391हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
439Raise your hands!
392बचे हुए हो . bachē huē hō . bachnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bachnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
440You have been saved.
393बच्चा अर्थात् बचा हुआ . bachchā arthāt bachā huā . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt bachnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|bachānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . child that is (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|save[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 394और बच्चे तो सिकीलधे होते हैं , तो आगे बढ़ते चलो . aur bachchē tō sikīladhē hōtē haĩ , tō āgē baṛhtē chalō . aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō sikīladhē[x] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , tō āgē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and child then beloved, long-lost and now-found be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , then previously grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
441A child (bachcha) is one who is saved (bache huye), and children are long-lost and now-found beloved children. 442So continue to move forward.
395बच्चे भी कमाल करते हैं . bachchē bhī kamāl kartē haĩ . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . child too x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
443Children also perform wonders.
396जो बापदादा का स्लोगन है बड़े तो बड़े हैं लेकिन छोटे समान अल्लाह हैं . jō bāpdādā kā slōgan hai baṛē tō baṛē haĩ lēkin chhōṭē samān allāh haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] slogan hōnā[pres.sg.23] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samān[adj.] allāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that BapDada of slogan be[pres.sg.23] very then very be[pres.pl.12hon3] but small equal Allah be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
444BapDada's slogan is: The older ones are old, but young ones are equal to God.
397समान बनेंगे ना ! samān banē̃gē nā ! samān[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! equal become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
445You will become equal, will you not?
398बाप समान बनके विश्व के आगे निमित्त बनेंगे . bāp samān bankē viśhva kē āgē nimitt banē̃gē . bāp samān[x] bannā[abs.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . equal to the Father become[abs.] world in front of instrument become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
446You will become equal to the Father and become instruments in front of the world.
399सभी बच्चे तीव्र पुरूषार्थ करना . sabhī bachchē tīvr purūṣhārth karnā . sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . all child intense effort do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
447All of you children, make intense effort.
400पुरूषार्थ नहीं तीव्र पुरूषार्थ . purūṣhārth nahī̃ tīvr purūṣhārth . puruṣhārth nahī̃[neg] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth . effort not intense effort .
448Not just effort, but intense effort.
401ऐसे अच्छे बच्चे हो ना . aisē achchhē bachchē hō nā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . such achcha child (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
449You are such good children, are you not?
402अच्छे हो . achchhē hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . achcha (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
450You are good.
403हाथ उठाओ जो अच्छे बच्चे हैं . hāth uṭhāō jō achchhē bachchē haĩ . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . raise your hands that achcha child be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
451Those who are good, raise your hand.
404कुमारियां भी हैं . kumāriyā̃ bhī haĩ . kumārī[x] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . kumari too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
452There are also Kumaris.
405अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
453It is good.
406कई बार बापदादा ने देखा है , माँ बाप से भी बच्चे पुरूषार्थ में बहुत आगे होते . kaī bār bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai , mā̃ bāp sē bhī bachchē purūṣhārth mē̃ bahut āgē hōtē . kaī bār[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , mā̃[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] bahut āgē hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . some time BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , mother father from too child effort in very previously be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
454Sometimes BapDada has seen that in their effort the children go ahead very much more than their parents.
407बच्चे माँ बाप को याद दिलाते हैं , माँ बाप थोड़ा नीचे ऊपर करते हैं ना तो बच्चे कहते हैं कि टीचर को सुनायेंगे . bachchē mā̃ bāp kō yād dilātē haĩ , mā̃ bāp thōṛā nīchē ūpar kartē haĩ nā tō bachchē kahtē haĩ ki teacher kō sunāyēṅgē . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mā̃[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yād dilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , mā̃[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nīchē ūpar karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] teacher kō[postp.] sunānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . child mother father to remind , mother father short down over do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then child say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that teacher to speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
455Children remind their parents. 456When parents fluctuate their children say that they will tell their teacher.
408लेकिन प्यार से कहना , गुस्से से नहीं कहना , प्यार से कहना . lēkin pyār sē kahnā , gussē sē nahī̃ kahnā , pyār sē kahnā . lēkin pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , gussā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . but love from say[inf.m.sg.d.] , anger from not say[inf.m.sg.d.] , love from say[inf.m.sg.d.] .
457However, say it with love. 458Don't say it with anger; say it with love.
409अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
459It is good.
410जनक , बच्चों की खास पार्टी करना . janak , bachchō̃ kī|key khās party karnā . janak[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key khās party karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . Janak , child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x party do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
460Janak, have a special party for the children.
411आप और निर्वैर दोनों मिलके पार्टी देना . āp aur nirvair dōnō̃ milkē party dēnā . āp[pn.pl.] aur nirvair[adj.] dōnō̃ milnā[abs.] party dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . you and x x receive[abs.] party give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
461Both you and Nirwair should give them a party.
412खुश हो जायेंगे बच्चे . khuśh hō jāyēṅgē bachchē . khuśh[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] . happy be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] child .
462The children will be happy.
413और सदा खुश रहना , रोना नहीं . aur sadā khuśh rahnā , rōnā nahī̃ . aur sadā khuśh[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , rōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . and constantly happy remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , cry[inf.m.sg.d.] not .
463And always remain happy. 464Don't cry.
414कभी कभी भी नहीं , सदा खुश . kabhī kabhī bhī nahī̃ , sadā khuśh . kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] , sadā khuśh[adj.] . ever ever too not , constantly happy .
465Not even sometimes, but always remain happy.
415रोना नहीं , रूसना नहीं . rōnā nahī̃ , rūsnā nahī̃ . rōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , rūsnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . cry[inf.m.sg.d.] not , sulk[inf.m.sg.d.] not .
466Don't cry, don't sulk.
416अच्छा पार्टी देना . achchhā party dēnā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] party dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . achcha party give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
467Give them a party.
417अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
468Achcha.
418अभी तो सबसे मिल लिया , फिर लाइन में क्यों आयेंगे ? abhī tō sabsē mil liyā , phir line mē̃ kyō̃ āyēṅgē ? ab[adv.hī] tō sabsē milnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] line mē̃[postp.] kyō̃ ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? now then the most receive[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , (turn[root]|then) line in why come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
469Now Baba has met everyone. 470So, why should they come in a line?
419अच्छा लगता है , मधुबन में मेला नहीं लगे तो सूना हो जाये . achchhā lagtā hai , madhuban mē̃ mēlā nahī̃ lagē tō sūnā hō jāyē . achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] mēlā[x] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō sūnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . enjoy , Madhuban in fair not (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x) then x be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
471It feels good. 472If the mela doesn't take place in Madhuban, it feels very quiet.
420इसीलिए आप सभी मेले में आये हो , यह परमात्म प्यार आपको खींच के लाया है . isīliē āp sabhī mēlē mē̃ āyē hō , yah paramātma pyār āpkō khīñch kē|K lāyā hai . isīliē āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] mēlā[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . x you all fair in come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , this Supreme Soul love you[.kō] pull[root] (of|K) x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
473This is why all of you have come to the mela. 474It is God's love that has pulled you here.
421जो पहले बारी आये हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . jō pahlē bārī āyē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that (firstly|x) x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .
475Those who have come here for the first time, raise your hands.
422तो पहले बारी आने वाले सिकीलधे बच्चों को पहले बारी की मुबारक है . tō pahlē bārī ānē vālē sikīladhē bachchō̃ kō pahlē bārī kī|key mubārak hai . tō pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sikīladhē[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then (firstly|x) x (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who beloved, long-lost and now-found child to (firstly|x) x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
476The long-lost and now-found children who have come here for the first time, congratulations for coming here the first time.
423और सभी को बापदादा विशेष वरदान दे रहा है , वरदान है कि जैसे अभी पुरूषार्थ कर आने के पात्र बने हो , यह भाग्य लिया है ऐसे ही अमर भव रहना . aur sabhī kō bāpdādā viśhēṣh vardān dē rahā hai , vardān hai ki jaisē abhī purūṣhārth kar ānē kē|K pātr banē hō , yah bhāgya liyā hai aisē hī amar bhav rahnā . aur sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bāpdādā viśhēṣh[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] puruṣhārth karnā[root] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pātr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] amar[adj.] bhav|bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . and all to BapDada special blessing give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , blessing be[pres.sg.23] that like now effort do[root] (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (of|K) worthy of receiving become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , this x take[pres-perf.sg.m.23] such only immortal (may you be|x) remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
477BapDada is giving all of you a special blessing. 478The blessing is: Just as you made effort and became worthy to come here, and claimed this fortune, in the same way, may you always remain immortal.
424माया आवे तो माया का गेट बन्द कर देना . māyā āvē tō māyā kā get|gate band kar dēnā . māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] tō māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] get|gate band[adj.] karnā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . Maya come[opt.sg.23] then Maya of (get|gate) closed do[root] give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
479When Maya comes, close Maya's gate.
425माया का गेट जानते हो ? māyā kā get|gate jāntē hō ? māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] get|gate jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? Maya of (get|gate) know[pres.pl.m.2] ?
480Do you know Maya's gate?
426बॉडीकान्सेस का मैं और मेरा . body conscious kā maĩ aur mērā . body conscious kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] aur maĩ[pn.sg.kā] . body conscious of I and I[.kā] .
481It is the body-conscious "I" and "mine".
427इस गेट को बन्द कर देंगे तो अमर रहेंगे . is get|gate kō band kar dēgē tō amar rahē̃gē . yah[pn.sg.o.] get|gate kō[postp.] band[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] tō amar[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this (get|gate) to closed do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] then immortal remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
482If you close this gate, you will remain immortal.
428तो अमर हैं ना . tō amar haĩ nā . tō amar[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . then immortal be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
483You are immortal, are you not?
429अमर हैं ? amar haĩ ? amar[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? immortal be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
484Are you immortal?
430माया आयेगी तो क्या करेंगे ? māyā āyēgī tō kyā karē̃gē ? māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? Maya come[fut.f.sg.23] then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
485What will you do if Maya comes?
431तीव्र पुरूषार्थ करेंगे ? tīvr purūṣhārth karē̃gē ? tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? intense effort do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
486Will you make intense effort?
432अमर रहना और औरों को भी अमर बनाना . amar rahnā aur aurō̃ kō bhī amar banānā . amar[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] amar[adj.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . immortal remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and others to too immortal create[inf.m.sg.d.] .
487Remain immortal and make others immortal.
433अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
488Achcha.
434अभी एक सेकण्ड में अपने श्रेष्ठ स्वमान बापदादा के दिलतख्त नशीन हैं , इस रूहानी स्वमान के नशे में स्थित हो जाओ . abhī ēk second mē̃ apnē śhrēṣhṭh svamān bāpdādā kē|K diltakhta naśhīn haĩ , is rūhānī svamān kē|K naśhē mē̃ sthit hō jāō . ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] svamān[x] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K diltakht[n.m.;sg.,d.] naśhīn[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.o.] rūhānī[adj.] svamān[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . now one second in one’s own elevated self-respect BapDada (of|K) heart throne seated be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this spiritual self-respect (of|K) intoxication in stabilised be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
489Now, in one second, remain stable in the intoxication of the spiritual, elevated self-respect of being seated on BapDada's heart-throne.
435तख्तनशीन आत्मा हूँ , इस अनुभव में लवलीन हो जाओ . takhtnaśhīn ātmā hū̃ , is anubhav mē̃ lavlīn hō jāō . takhtnaśhīn[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , yah[pn.sg.o.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lavlīn[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . seated on the throne soul be[pres.sg.1] , this experience in x be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
490Become absorbed in the experience of being a soul seated on the heart-throne.
436अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
491Achcha.
437चारों ओर के अति लवली सदा बाप के लव में लीन रहने वाले , सदा स्वमानधारी , स्वराज्यधारी विशेष आत्माओं को चारों आरे के उमंग-उत्साह के पखों से उडने वाले आरै अपने मन के वायब्रेशन से वायुमण्डल को शान्त श्रेष्ठ बनाने वाले सभी को बाप का सन्देश दे दुःख से छुड़ाए मुक्ति का वर्सा दिलाने वाले , सदा दृढ़ता द्वारा सफलता प्राप्त करने वाले ऐसे चारों ओर के दिल के समीप रहने वाले और सम्मुख आने वाले सभी बच्चों को दिल का दुलार और दिल की दुआयें , यादप्यार और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr kē|K ati lovely sadā bāp kē|K love|lav mē̃ līn rahnē vālē , sadā svamāndhārī , svarājyadhārī viśhēṣh ātmāō̃ kō chārō̃ ārē kē|K umaṅg-utsāh kē|K pakhō̃ sē uḍanē vālē ārai apnē man kē|K vibration sē vāyumaṇḍal kō śhānt śhrēṣhṭh banānē vālē sabhī kō bāp kā sandēśh dē duḥkh sē chhuṛāē mukti kā varsā dilānē vālē , sadā dr̥iṛhtā dvārā saphaltā prāpt karnē vālē aisē chārō̃ ōr kē|K dil kē|K samīp rahnē vālē aur sammukh ānē vālē sabhī bachchō̃ kō dil kā dulār aur dil kī|key duāyē̃ , yādpyār aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ati lovely sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K love|lav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] līn[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sadā svamāndhārī[adj.] , svarājyadhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chārō̃ x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x sē[postp.] x vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vibration sē[postp.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] śhānt[adj.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chhuṛānā[opt.sg.23]|chhuṛānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sadā dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] prāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samīp[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur sammukh ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dulār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . everywhere (of|K) x lovely constantly father (of|K) (love|Luv) in merged remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , constantly those with self-respect , ruler of yourself special soul to x x (of|K) zeal and enthusiasm (of|K) x from x those who x one’s own mind (of|K) vibrations from atmosphere to silent elevated create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who all to father of message (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) (hurt[root]|sorrow) from (free[opt.sg.23]|free[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) liberation of inheritance x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , constantly determination through success reached do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who such everywhere (of|K) heart (of|K) close remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who and in front of you (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who all child to heart of love and affection and heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing , love, remembrance and x .
492To all the extremely "loveleen" souls who always remain absorbed in the Father's love, to the special souls who always maintain their self-respect and their right to self-sovereignty, to all those everywhere who fly with their wings of zeal and enthusiasm, to those who make the atmosphere peaceful and elevated with the vibrations of their mind, to those who give everyone the Father's message, who liberate them from sorrow and give them the inheritance of liberation, to those who always achieve success with determination, to all the children everywhere who remain close to the heart and who come here personally, face to face, to all the children, love and affection from the heart together with blessings from the heart, love, remembrance and namaste.
438दादियों से : आप लोगों को देख सभी खुश हो जाते हैं क्योंकि आदि रत्न हो ना और निमित्त बने हुए हो . dādiyō̃ sē : āp lōgō̃ kō dēkh sabhī khuśh hō jātē haĩ kyōṅki ādi ratna hō nā aur nimitt banē huē hō . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] sab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] kyōṅki ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā aur nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . Dadi from : you people to see[root] all happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] because etc. jewel (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ and instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
493To the Dadis: Seeing all of you, everyone becomes happy because you are the original jewels and you have become instruments.
439आपस में मिलकर एक दो की राय को महत्व देते हुए यह परिवर्तन का कार्य कर रहे हो और करते रहेंगे . āpas mē̃ milkar ēk dō kī|key rāy kō mahatva dētē huē yah parivartan kā kārya kar rahē hō aur kartē rahē̃gē . āpas mē̃[x] milnā[abs.] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.]|rāy[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] yah[pn.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] aur karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . with each other receive[abs.] one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x) to importance give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] this transformation of task do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] and do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
494Working together, all of you give importance to the ideas of one another; you are carrying out the task of transformation and will continue to do that.
440यह छोटा सा संगठन है ना . yah chhōṭā sā saṅgaṭhan hai nā . yah[pn.sg.d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . this small x gathering be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
495This is a small gathering, is it not?
441एक दो की राय को रिगार्ड देते हुए सभी को निमित्त और निर्माण बनाने वाले विशेष कार्य के निमित्त बने हुए हो . ēk dō kī|key rāy kō regard dētē huē sabhī kō nimitt aur nirmāṇ banānē vālē viśhēṣh kārya kē nimitt banē huē hō . ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.]|rāy[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] regard dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x) to regard give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] all to instrument and creation create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who special task x (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
496Giving regard to one another's advice, you have become instruments for a special task and also make everyone instruments and make them humble.
442अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
497It is good.
443आपस में संगठन बनाया है ना . āpas mē̃ saṅgaṭhan banāyā hai nā . āpas mē̃[x] saṅgaṭhan[x] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā . with each other gathering create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ .
498You have created a gathering among yourselves, have you not?
444तो इस संगठन को जितना अच्छी तरह से बढ़ायेंगे , समय देंगे उतना ही सबके दिल में उमंग उत्साह बढ़ायेंगे . tō is saṅgaṭhan kō jitnā achchhī tarah sē baṛhāyēṅgē , samay dēgē utnā hī sabkē dil mē̃ umaṅg utsāh baṛhāyēṅgē . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgaṭhan[x] kō[postp.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] baṛhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then this gathering to the more achcha x from increase[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , time give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x only everyone's heart in zeal enthusiasm increase[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
499So, the more you make this gathering expand very well and give it time, to that extent, you will increase the zeal and enthusiasm in everyone's heart.
445ठीक चल रहा है ना ! ṭhīk chal rahā hai nā ! ṭhīk[adj.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā ! OK continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ∅ !
500Is everything functioning well?
446चलता रहेगा . chaltā rahēgā . chalnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . continue[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
501It will continue to do so.
447बापदादा सब देखते रहते हैं . bāpdādā sab dēkhtē rahtē haĩ . bāpdādā sab[adj.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . BapDada all see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
502BapDada continues to see everything.
448जितना आपका संगठन सैलवेशन देने के निमित्त बनेगा उतना ही चारों ओर का वायुमण्डल शक्तिशाली बनेगा . jitnā āpkā saṅgaṭhan salvation dēnē kē nimitt banēgā utnā hī chārō̃ ōr kā vāyumaṇḍal śhaktiśhālī banēgā . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] saṅgaṭhan[x] salvation dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[fut.m.sg.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23] . the more you[.kā] gathering salvation give[inf.m.pl.,o.] x become[fut.m.sg.23] x only everywhere of atmosphere powerful become[fut.m.sg.23] .
503The more your gathering becomes an instrument to give others salvation, the more the atmosphere everywhere will become powerful.
449अभी मधुबन में जो विशेष इशारा दिया है कि हर एक अपने को चेक करे , अपने को बाप समान बनाये . abhī madhuban mē̃ jō viśhēṣh iśhārā diyā hai ki har ēk apnē kō check karē , apnē kō bāp samān banāyē . ab[adv.hī] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.sg.23] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bāp samān[x] banānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . now Madhuban in that special signal give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that each one one’s own to check do[opt.sg.23] , one’s own to equal to the Father create[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
504Now, a special signal has been given for Madhuban, that each one of you should check yourself and make yourself equal to the Father.
450तो एक-एक अपने को करने से संगठन स्वतः ही बदलता रहेगा . tō ēk-ēk apnē kō karnē sē saṅgaṭhan svataḥ hī badaltā rahēgā . tō ēk[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] saṅgaṭhan[x] svataḥ hī[p.] badalnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . then one one’s own to do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from gathering automatically only change[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
505When each one of you makes yourself that, the gathering will automatically continue to change.
451यह स्मृति बार-बार दिलाते रहो . yah smr̥iti bār-bār dilātē rahō . yah[pn.sg.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] bār[n.f.;sg.] dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . this awareness time x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
506Continue to remind others of this again and again.
452स्व-परिवर्तन से औरों को भी परिवर्तन और विश्व भी परिवर्तन . sva-parivartan sē aurō̃ kō bhī parivartan aur viśhva bhī parivartan . sva-parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . self-transformation from others to too transformation and world too transformation .
507Transformation of others and transformation in the world through self-transformation.
453पहले आपस में परिवर्तन फिर विश्व में परिवर्तन . pahlē āpas mē̃ parivartan phir viśhva mē̃ parivartan . pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āpas mē̃[x] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . (firstly|x) with each other transformation (turn[root]|then) world in transformation .
508First of all, let there be transformation among yourselves, and then transformation in the world.
454तो सब ठीक चल रहा है ना ! tō sab ṭhīk chal rahā hai nā ! tō sab[adj.] ṭhīk[adj.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā ! then all OK continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ∅ !
509So, is everything continuing well?
455ठीक चल रहा है , सहज चल रहा है . ṭhīk chal rahā hai , sahaj chal rahā hai . ṭhīk[adj.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , sahaj[adj.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . OK continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , easy continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
510Is it working well? 511Is everything moving easily?
456एक-एक को वरदान स्वरूप बनने की स्थिति स्मृति में दिलाते रहो . ēk-ēk kō vardān svarūp bannē kī|key sthiti smr̥iti mē̃ dilātē rahō . ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . one to blessing form become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage awareness in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
512Continue to remind each one to become an embodiment of the blessing.
457वरदान अच्छा है नहीं , अच्छा बनना है . vardān achchhā hai nahī̃ , achchhā bannā hai . vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . blessing achcha be[pres.sg.23] not , achcha become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
513It should not just be that the blessing is good, but you have to become good.
458ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
514Is that OK?
459अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
515Achcha.
460रमेश भाई से : एकाउन्ट सहज हो जाए उसके लिए एक दो की बात को इशारे से समझ और इशारा देते रहो क्योंकि बहनों को यह हिसाब-किताब कम आता है . ramēśh bhāī sē : account sahaj hō jāē uskē liē ēk dō kī|key bāt kō iśhārē sē samajh aur iśhārā dētē rahō kyōṅki bahanō̃ kō yah hisāb-kitāb cum|kam ātā hai . ramēśh bhāī[x] sē[postp.] : account sahaj[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] aur iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] kyōṅki bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hisāb-kitāb[n.f.;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . Rameshbhai from : account easy be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] of that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter to signal from (understanding|understand[root]) and signal give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] because x to this accounts (x|less) come[pres.sg.m.23] .
516Speaking to Rameshbhai: For the accounts to be easy, continue to understand what others say just through signals, and continue to give signals because the sisters don't know how to keep the accounts so much.
461लेकिन आपने फिर भी इतना लायक बनाया है . lēkin āpnē phir bhī itnā lāyak banāyā hai . lēkin āp[pn.pl.nē] phir bhī[x] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lāyak[x] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . but you[.nē] nevertheless such worthy create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
517However, you have made them so worthy.
462अभी औरों को भी अनुभवी बनाते चलो . abhī aurō̃ kō bhī anubhavī banātē chalō . ab[adv.hī] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] anubhavī[adj.] banānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now others to too experienced create[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
518Now, continue to make others experienced.
463कानून तो बदलेगी , इनका काम ही क्या है . kānūn tō badalēgī , inkā kām hī kyā hai . kānūn[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō badalnā[fut.f.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x then change[fut.f.sg.23] , this[.kā] (lust|task) only what be[pres.sg.23] .
519Laws will keep on changing; what else do they have to do?
464ऐसे ही चलाते चलें तो क्या कहेंगे , यह गवर्मेन्ट ने क्या किया तो कुछ बदलेगी कुछ बनायेगी यह तो होगा ही . aisē hī chalātē chalē̃ tō kyā kahē̃gē , yah government nē kyā kiyā tō kuchh badalēgī kuchh banāyēgī yah tō hōgā hī . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] chalānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō kyā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] government nē[postp.] kyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō kuchh badalnā[fut.f.sg.23] kuchh banānā[fut.f.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] hī[p.] . such only x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.12hon3] then what say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , this government ∅ what do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then anything change[fut.f.sg.23] anything create[fut.f.sg.23] this then be[fut.m.sg.23] only .
520What would you say if they continued with everything in the same way? 521What has the Government done? 522They will change some laws, they will make some laws. 523That will happen all the time.
465यह तो अभी सीखती जाती है , काफी सीख गई हैं और भी आप सिखाते रहेंगे तो होशियार हो जायेंगी . yah tō abhī sīkhtī jātī hai , kāphī sīkh gaī haĩ aur bhī āp sikhātē rahē̃gē tō hōśhiyār hō jāyēṅgī . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō ab[adv.hī] sīkhnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] , kāphī[adj.] sīkhnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] aur bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] sikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] tō hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . this then now learn[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] , enough learn[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] and too you teach[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] then clever be[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
524They are still learning, they have learnt a lot and if you continue to teach them more, they will become clever.
466उषा बहन से : ठीक है . uṣā bahan sē : ṭhīk hai . x bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] : ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x x from : OK be[pres.sg.23] .
525Speaking to Ushaben. 526Are you OK?
467अच्छा है ना . achchhā hai nā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . achcha be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
527Are you well?
468सूली से कांटा तो है ना . sūlī sē kāṇṭā tō hai nā . sūlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] kāṇṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . crucifix from thorn then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
528It is just a crucifix to a thorn, is it not?
469हिम्मत है , हिम्मत रखने से सहज हो जाता है . himmat hai , himmat rakhnē sē sahaj hō jātā hai . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . courage be[pres.sg.23] , courage keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] from easy be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
529You have courage. 530By maintaining courage, it becomes easy.
470सोचने से बड़ी बात हो जाती है और हिम्मत से छोटी बात हो जाती है . sōchnē sē baṛī bāt hō jātī hai aur himmat sē chhōṭī bāt hō jātī hai . sōchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] aur himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . think[inf.m.pl.,o.] from very matter be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] and courage from small matter be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
531By thinking about it, it becomes a big thing whereas by maintaining courage, it becomes a small thing.
471तो हिम्मत अच्छी रखी है | बापदादा भी मुबारक दे रहे हैं हिम्मत की . tō himmat achchhī rakhī hai | bāpdādā bhī mubārak dē rahē haĩ himmat kī|key . tō himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] | bāpdādā bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . then courage achcha keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] | BapDada too congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] courage (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
532So, you have maintained courage well. 533BapDada is congratulating you for your courage.
472डा . अनिला बहन से : यह सदा एकरस रही है . ḍā . anilā bahan sē : yah sadā ēkras rahī hai . ḍā[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] : yah[pn.sg.d.] sadā ēkras[adj.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . x . x x from : this constantly constant and stable remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
534Speaking to Dr. 535Anila. 536This one has always been constant.
473झंझटों में नहीं फंसी है . jhañjhaṭō̃ mē̃ nahī̃ phansī hai . jhañjhaṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] phansnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . x in not be trapped[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
537She hasn't become trapped in complications.
474अच्छा है , पार्ट अच्छा है . achchhā hai , part achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , part[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , part achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
538It is good. 539You have a good part.
475अभी हिम्मत है ना ! abhī himmat hai nā ! ab[adv.hī] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! now courage be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
540You have courage now, do you not?
476पेपर तो आते हैं लेकिन आप पास विद ऑनर . paper tō ātē haĩ lēkin āp pass with honour . paper tō ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] pass with honour[x] . paper then come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but you pass with honours .
541Test papers will come, but you have passed with honours.
477ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
542Is that OK?
478सहज है ना , मुश्किल तो नहीं लगता . sahaj hai nā , muśhkil tō nahī̃ lagtā . sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , muśhkil[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , difficult then not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
543It is easy, is it not? 544You don't find it difficult, do you?
479हिम्मत है और सबका प्यार भी है . himmat hai aur sabkā pyār bhī hai . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . courage be[pres.sg.23] and everyone's love too be[pres.sg.23] .
545You have courage and everyone's love.
480सारे परिवार से प्यार है . sārē parivār sē pyār hai . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the whole family from love be[pres.sg.23] .
546You have love for the whole family.
481भूपाल भाई सेःनिर्विघ्न कारोबार . Bhūpāl bhāī sēḥnirvighna kārōbār . x bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] x kārōbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x x .
547To Bhopalbhai: The activity is free from obstacles.
482अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
548Achcha.
483गोलक भाई से : कार्य चल रहा है ना , चलाते चलो . gōlak bhāī sē : kārya chal rahā hai nā , chalātē chalō . x bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.] : kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā , chalānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) from : task continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ∅ , x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
549To Golakbhai: The task is moving along, is it not?
484वार्षिक मीटिंग के लिए विशेष : मीटिंग में चार ही सबजेक्ट को हर एक स्थान में कवर कैसे करें , कभी सर्विस आगे हो जाती है , कभी स्व-उन्नति , धारणा आगे हो जाती है . vārṣik meeting kē liē viśhēṣh : meeting mē̃ chār hī subject kō har ēk sthān mē̃ cover kaisē karē̃ , kabhī service āgē hō jātī hai , kabhī sva-unnati , dhārṇā āgē hō jātī hai . x meeting kē liē[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] : meeting mē̃[postp.] chār[adj.] hī[p.] subject kō[postp.] har ēk[x] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] cover kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , kabhī[adv.] service[n.f.;sg.] āgē hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , kabhī[adv.] svaunnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] āgē hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . x meeting for special : meeting in four only subject to each one place in cover how do[opt.pl.12hon3] , ever service previously be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , ever x , dharna previously be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
550Continue to make it move along. 551Specially for the Annual Meeting: In the meeting, discuss how all the places can cover all four subjects. 552Sometimes, service is ahead, sometimes, self-progress and dharna are ahead.
485तो चार ही सबजेक्ट में पास विद ऑनर बनना , यह अटेन्शन दिलाना है . tō chār hī subject mē̃ pass with honour bannā , yah attention dilānā hai . tō chār[adj.] hī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] pass with honour[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] attention dilānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then four only subject in pass with honours become[inf.m.sg.d.] , this attention x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
553So, draw everyone's attention to pass with honours in all four subjects.
486एक सबजेक्ट में भी अगर पास विद ऑनर नहीं तो विजय माला का मणका बनना मुश्किल हो जायेगा . ēk subject mē̃ bhī agar pass with honour nahī̃ tō vijay mālā kā maṇkā bannā muśhkil hō jāyēgā . ēk[adj.] subject mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] agar pass with honour[x] nahī̃ tō[x] vijay mālā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] maṇkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . one subject in too if pass with honours otherwise x of x become[inf.m.sg.d.] difficult be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
554If you are unable to pass with honours in even one subject, it will become difficult to become a bead of the rosary of victory.
487और एक दो के प्रति कैसे भी हो लेकिन ब्राह्मण परिवार का तो है , हर एक के प्रति शिक्षा भी हो और साथ में क्षमा भी हो . aur ēk dō kē prati kaisē bhī hō lēkin brāhmaṇ parivār kā tō hai , har ēk kē prati śhikṣhā bhī hō aur sāth mē̃ kṣhamā bhī hō . aur ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kē prati[x] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] , har ēk[x] kē prati[x] śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kṣhamā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . and one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) for how too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but Brahmin family of then be[pres.sg.23] , each one for teachings too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and with in forgiveness too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 488इसी विधि से संगठन को पक्का करें . isī vidhi sē saṅgaṭhan kō pakkā karē̃ . yah[pn.sg.hī] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] saṅgaṭhan[x] kō[postp.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . this[.hī] method from gathering to firm do[opt.pl.12hon3] . 489क्योंकि अभी सेन्टर में , हर एक सेन्टर तो निर्विघ्न बनें . kyōṅki abhī centre mē̃ , har ēk centre tō nirvighna banē̃ . kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] centre mē̃[postp.] , har ēk[x] centre tō nirvighna[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . because now centre in , each one centre then free from obstacles become[opt.pl.12hon3] .
555And, no matter what others are like, they are part of the Brahmin family. 556Let there be teachings and, together with that, let there also be forgiveness and in this way, make the gathering very strong, because in terms of centres, each centre should now become free from obstacles.
490उसके लिए हर एक अपने विधि प्रमाण कोई नई नई बातें निकालें . uskē liē har ēk apnē vidhi pramāṇ kōī naī naī bātē̃ nikālē̃ . uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . of that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) each one one’s own method (under) some new new matter x[opt.pl.12hon3] .
557For that, each one should invent something new according to their own methods.
491सेन्टर पर क्या होता है , वह सब अनुभवी हैं और क्या करें , किस बात का अटेन्शन रखें जो पहले सेन्टर निर्विघ्न बनें , फिर जोन निर्विघ्न बनें . centre par kyā hōtā hai , vah sab anubhavī haĩ aur kyā karē̃ , kis bāt kā attention rakhē̃ jō pahlē centre nirvighna banē̃ , phir zone nirvighna banē̃ . centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] anubhavī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention rakhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre nirvighna[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] zone nirvighna[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . centre (at|other) what be[pres.sg.m.23] , that all experienced be[pres.pl.12hon3] and what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , (who|what) matter of attention keep[opt.pl.12hon3] that (firstly|x) centre free from obstacles become[opt.pl.12hon3] , (turn[root]|then) zone free from obstacles become[opt.pl.12hon3] .
558Everyone is experienced in what happens at the centres, what you should do and what you should pay attention to so that the centre first of all becomes free from obstacles and then the zone becomes free from obstacles.
492स्वभाव तो भिन्न भिन्न होंगे और पेपर भी आयेंगे लेकिन इनको पास कैसे करें , यह विधि पक्की ध्यान में रहे और बीच बीच में हर जोन भी आपस में रिजल्ट निकालते रहें . svabhāv tō bhinn bhinn hōṅgē aur paper bhī āyēṅgē lēkin inkō pās|pass kaisē karē̃ , yah vidhi pakkī dhyān mē̃ rahē aur bīch bīch mē̃ har|her zone bhī āpas mē̃ result nikāltē rahē̃ . svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bhinn[adj.] bhinn[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur paper bhī[p.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin yah[pn.pl.kō] pās|pass kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] aur bīch bīch mē̃[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her zone bhī[p.] āpas mē̃[x] result nikālnā[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . nature then different different be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and paper too come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but this[.kō] (x|pass) how do[opt.pl.12hon3] , this method firm attention in (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) and centre centre in (x[root]|x) zone too with each other result x[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
559Everyone's nature will be different and test papers will also come, but you must pay attention to the method of how to pass in that. 560In between, every zone should continue to see their result.
493आगे क्या करें , आगे क्या करें … . āgē kyā karē̃ , āgē kyā karē̃ … . āgē kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , āgē kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] … . previously what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , previously what do[opt.pl.12hon3] … .
561What should we do in the future?
494यह हुआ , यह हुआ , इसको कम करें , आगे क्या करें उसका स्पष्टीकरण ज्यादा हो . yah huā , yah huā , iskō cum|kam karē̃ , āgē kyā karē̃ uskā spaṣhṭīkaraṇ jyādā hō . yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.kō] cum|kam[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , āgē kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kā] spaṣhṭīkaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . this be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this[.kō] (x|less) do[opt.pl.12hon3] , previously what do[opt.pl.12hon3] that[.kā] x more (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
562Stop saying, "We did this and we did that", and let there be greater clarification of what more you should do.
495 ( इस वर्ष के लिए टाइटल ) आप निकालो फिर फाइनल करेंगे . ( is varṣh kē liē title ) āp nikālō phir final karē̃gē . ( yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] title ) āp[pn.pl.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] final karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . ( this year for title ) you x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (turn[root]|then) final do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
563(Title for this year?) 564You find it and then Baba will finalise it.
496डबल विदेशी बड़ी बहिनों से : इस बारी बापदादा ने भी देखा तो अटेन्शन बहुत अच्छा दिया है . double vidēśhī baṛī bahinō̃ sē : is bārī bāpdādā nē bhī dēkhā tō attention bahut achchhā diyā hai . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : yah[pn.sg.o.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō attention bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . double foreigner very x from : this x BapDada ∅ too see[past-part.m.sg.d.] then attention very achcha give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
565To the Senior Sisters from abroad (RCs): This year, BapDada saw that you have paid very good attention.
497लास्ट ग्रुप तक दिल से सेवा करके दिखाया और रिटर्न में रिजल्ट भी देखी . last group tak dil sē sēvā karkē dikhāyā aur return mē̃ result bhī dēkhī . last group tak dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur return mē̃[postp.] result bhī[p.] dēkhnā[past-part.f.] . last group until heart from service do[abs.] x[past-part.m.sg.d.] and return in result too see[past-part.f.] .
566You demonstrated by serving with your heart till the last group. 567In return, Baba also saw the result.
498क्योंकि यह मधुबन का ही चांस मिलता है इकट्ठे होने का . kyōṅki yah madhuban kā hī chance miltā hai ikaṭṭhē hōnē kā . kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] chance milnā[pres.sg.m.23] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . because this Madhuban of only chance receive[pres.sg.m.23] together be[inf.m.pl.,o.] of .
568It is only in Madhuban that you get a chance to be together.
499चाहे ग्रुप ग्रुप हो लेकिन सब तरफ के इकट्ठे होते हैं , तो इस बारी यह रिजल्ट अच्छी दिखाई दी . chāhē group group hō lēkin sab taraph kē|K ikaṭṭhē hōtē haĩ , tō is bārī yah result achchhī dikhāī dī . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē group group hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , tō yah[pn.sg.o.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] result achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dikhāī dēnā[past-part.f.] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) group group (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but all direction (of|K) together be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , then this x this result achcha be visible .
569Even though there are groups, they are from everywhere. 570This time, this result was very good.
500मेहनत भी की . mēhnat bhī kī|key . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . effort too (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
571You also worked hard.
501 ( जयन्ती बहन ने इटली वालों की याद दी ) इटली वालों को कहना कि आपकी खुशी हिम्मत उमंग उत्साह कभी टलने वाली नहीं है . ( jayantī bahan nē Italy vālō̃ kī|key yād the|dī ) Italy vālō̃ kō kahnā ki āpkī khuśhī himmat umaṅg utsāh kabhī ṭalnē vālī nahī̃ hai . ( jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] Italy vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād[n.f.;sg.] the|dēnā[past-part.f.] ) Italy vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.kī] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] ṭalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( Jayanti x ∅ Italy those who (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) remembrance (the|give[past-part.f.]) ) Italy those who to say[inf.m.sg.d.] that you[.kī] happiness courage zeal enthusiasm ever x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not be[pres.sg.23] .
572Sister Jayanti gave remembrance from those of Italy: Tell those from Italy: Your happiness, courage, zeal and enthusiasm are never going to finish.
502इटली का अर्थ है कभी टलेगी नहीं . Italy kā arth|earth hai kabhī ṭalēgī nahī̃ . Italy kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] kabhī[adv.] ṭalnā[fut.f.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] . Italy of (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] ever x[fut.f.sg.23] not .
573Italy means it will never finish. 574(Tal-na - to finish)
503 ( मीरा बहन से ) यह भी साथी रही है . ( mīrā bahan sē ) yah bhī sāthī rahī hai . ( mīrā[x] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . ( Meera x from ) this too companion remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
575Speaking to Meeraben: This one has also been a companion.
504अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
576It is good.
505अभी फारेन वाले भी समझ गये हैं सभी बातों को . abhī foreign vālē bhī samajh gayē haĩ sabhī bātō̃ kō . ab[adv.hī] foreign vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] samajhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] sab[adv.hī] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] . now abroad those who too understand[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] all matter to .
577Now, those from abroad have understood all matters.
506पहले नये नये थे ना अभी सब जान गये हैं क्या करना है , क्या नहीं करना है . pahlē nayē nayē thē nā abhī sab jān gayē haĩ kyā karnā hai , kyā nahī̃ karnā hai . pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[past.pl] nā ab[adv.hī] sab[adj.] jānnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , kyā nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . (firstly|x) new new be[past.pl] ∅ now all know[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , what not do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
578At first you were new, and now you know everything about what you have to do and what you cannot do.
507समझ भी गये हैं . samajh bhī gayē haĩ . samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] bhī[p.] jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . (understanding|understand[root]) too go[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
579You have also understood it.
508अपने पुरूषार्थ को भी समझ गये हैं , अच्छा है . apnē purūṣhārth kō bhī samajh gayē haĩ , achchhā hai . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth kō[postp.] bhī[p.] samajhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one’s own effort to too understand[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
580You have also understood your own effort. 581It is good.
509 ( मोहिनी बहन ने विदेश वालों की खास याद दी ) सभी की याद पहुंच गई . ( mōhinī bahan nē vidēśh vālō̃ kī|key khās yād the|dī ) sabhī kī|key yād pahuñch gaī . ( mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key khās yād[n.f.;sg.] the|dēnā[past-part.f.] ) sab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād[n.f.;sg.] pahuñchnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . ( x x ∅ abroad those who (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x remembrance (the|give[past-part.f.]) ) all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) remembrance reach[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
582(Mohiniben gave special love and remembrance from those abroad.) 583Everyone's remembrance has reached Baba.
510चन्द्रहास बाबू जी सेःहिसाब किताब आया है . candrahās bābū jī sēḥhisāb kitāb āyā hai . x x jī[x]|jīnā[root]|jīnā[past-part.f.] x kitāb[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . x x (ji|live[root]|live[past-part.f.]) x book come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
584To Chandras Dada: (Karmic accounts have come.)
511हिसाब किताब चुक्तू तो करना पड़ता है ना . hisāb kitāb chuktū tō karnā paṛtā hai nā . hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitāb[n.f.;sg.] chuktū tō karnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] nā . account book settled then do[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] ∅ .
585Karmic accounts have to be settled.
512आप अपने में हिम्मत समझते हो , आपरेशन कराने की हिम्मत समझते हो ? āp apnē mē̃ himmat samajhtē hō , operation karānē kī|key himmat samajhtē hō ? āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] , operation karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? you one’s own in courage understand[pres.pl.m.2] , operation make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) courage understand[pres.pl.m.2] ?
586Do you feel that you have courage? 587Do you have the courage to have an operation?
513 ( डाक्टर्स ने कहा है इस उम्र में आपरेशन न करायें तो ठीक है ) यह तो अच्छा है . ( doctors nē kahā hai is umr mē̃ operation na karāyē̃ tō ṭhīk hai ) yah tō achchhā hai . ( doctor nē[postp.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] yah[pn.sg.o.] umr[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] operation na[neg] karānā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( doctor ∅ say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] this x in operation not make commit[opt.pl.12hon3] then OK be[pres.sg.23] ) this then achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
588(Doctors have advised that it would be better not to have an operation at this age.)
514दवाई और दुआयें . davāī aur duāyē̃ . davāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] . x and blessing .
589That is good - just medicine and blessings.
515दवा में दुआयें भरकर दवा लेना तो डबल काम हो जायेगा . davā mē̃ duāyē̃ bharkar davā lēnā tō double kām hō jāyēgā . davāī[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bharnā[abs.] davāī[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō double kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . x in blessing fill[abs.] x take[inf.m.sg.d.] then double (lust|task) be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
590Take your medicine having filled it with blessings and it will do double the work.
516तो मुक्त हो गये . tō mukt hō gayē . tō mukt[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . then free be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
591So, you have become free.
517करसन भाई पटेल ( निरमा ग्रुप के मालिक ) : आपकी एक विशेषता है , जानते हो ? karsan bhāī paṭēl ( nirmā group kē|K mālik ) : āpkī ēk viśhēṣhtā hai , jāntē hō ? x bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] x ( x group kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] ) : āp[pn.pl.kī] ēk[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? x (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x ( x group (of|K) master ) : you[.kī] one speciality be[pres.sg.23] , know[pres.pl.m.2] ?
592Karsanbhai Patel (Owner of Nirma group) and his wife: You have one speciality, do you know it?
518विशेषता यह है कि मुरली से प्यार है . viśhēṣhtā yah hai ki murlī sē pyār hai . viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . speciality this be[pres.sg.23] that flute from love be[pres.sg.23] .
593The speciality is that you have love for the murli.
519जिसका मुरली से प्यार है , उसका मुरलीधर से आटोमेटिक है . jiskā murlī sē pyār hai , uskā murlīdhar sē automatic hai . jō[pn.sg.kā] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.kā] murlīdhar[x] sē[postp.] automatic hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that[.kā] flute from love be[pres.sg.23] , that[.kā] x from x be[pres.sg.23] .
594Those who have love for the murli automatically have love for Murlidhar.
520तो मुरली के कारण आगे बढ़ रहे हो . tō murlī kē|K kāraṇ āgē baṛh rahē hō . tō murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . then flute (of|K) because previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
595So, because of the murli, you are moving forward.
521मुरली श्रीमत देती है . murlī śhrīmat dētī hai . murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] . flute shrimat give[pres.sg.f.23] . 522और श्रीमत मिलते ही उस पर चलने से आटोमेटिकली शक्ति मिलती है . aur śhrīmat miltē hī us par chalnē sē automatically śhakti miltī hai . aur śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] vah[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] automatically śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . and shrimat receive[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only that (at|other) continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] from x Shakti receive[pres.sg.f.23] .
596The murli gives you shrimat, and by following shrimat as soon as you receive it, you automatically receive power.
523तो बापदादा खुश है , दोनों पर . tō bāpdādā khuśh hai , dōnō̃ par . tō bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dōnō̃ par[postp.]|par[adj.] . then BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] , x (at|other) .
597So, BapDada is pleased with both of you.
524 ( सब बाबा के बन जाएं ) बनेंगे कहाँ जायेंगे . ( sab bābā kē|K ban jāē̃ ) banē̃gē kahā̃ jāyēṅgē . ( sab[adj.] bābā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ) bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kahā̃ jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . ( all Baba (of|K) become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ) become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] where go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
598(Everyone in our family should belong to Baba.) 599They will become that. 600Where else will they go?
525यह जानता है , ग्रुप बनाओ , निमन्त्रण देकर सन्देश दे दो , उल्हना नहीं दें . yah jāntā hai , group banāō , nimantraṇ dēkar sandēśh dē dō , ulhanā nahī̃ dē̃ . yah[pn.sg.d.] jānnā[pres.sg.m.23] , group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . this know[pres.sg.m.23] , group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , invitation give[abs.] message give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , complaint not give[opt.pl.12hon3] .
601This one knows that. 602Prepare a group. 603Invite them and give them the message. 604They should not complain afterwards.
526यह होशियार है , देगा . yah hōśhiyār hai , dēgā . yah[pn.sg.d.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . this clever be[pres.sg.23] , give[fut.m.sg.23] .
605This one is clever. 606He will give it.
527मेहमानों से : mēhmānō̃ sē : mēhmān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : guest from : 5281 - निमित्त समझकर चलो . 1 - nimitt samajhkar chalō . 1 - nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[abs.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 1 - instrument understand[abs.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
607Guest 1: Move along considering yourself to be an instrument.
529अपने को सदा बेफिकर बादशाह रखो . apnē kō sadā bēphikar bādśhāh rakhō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] sadā bēphikr[adj.] bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own to constantly carefree emperor keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
608Always keep yourself a carefree emperor.
530फिकर कोई नहीं रखो . phikar kōī nahī̃ rakhō . phikr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . worry some not keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
609Do not have any worries.
531फिकर आवे ना , तो बहनों को बता दो , बाप को दे दो . phikar āvē nā , tō bahanō̃ kō batā dō , bāp kō dē dō . phikr[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.sg.23] nā , tō bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . worry come[opt.sg.23] ∅ , then x to tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , father to give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
610When you have any worries, tell the sisters about it, and hand it over to the Father.
532आप तो ट्रस्टी हो ना , मालिक तो बाप है ना , तो कोई भी बात होती है , मालिक के ऊपर छोड़ो , आप ट्रस्टी बनके चलो . āp tō trustee hō nā , mālik tō bāp hai nā , tō kōī bhī bāt hōtī hai , mālik kē ūpar chhōṛō , āp trustee bankē chalō . āp[pn.pl.] tō trustee hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā , mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , tō kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē ūpar[x] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.] trustee bannā[abs.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . you then trustee (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ , master then father be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , then anyone matter be[pres.sg.f.23] , master over renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , you trustee become[abs.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
611You are just a trustee; the Father is the Master. 612So, whenever anything happens, leave it to the Master and you just continue to move along as a trustee.
533इसमें बेफिक्र रहेंगे . ismē̃ bēphikr rahē̃gē . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] bēphikr[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this[.mē̃] carefree remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
613By doing so, you will remain carefree.
534जो स्वयं को अनुभव होता है , वह औरों को देने के बिना रह नहीं सकते . jō svayã kō anubhav hōtā hai , vah aurō̃ kō dēnē kē|K binā rah nahī̃ saktē . jō[pn.;d.] svayã kō[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . that x to experience be[pres.sg.m.23] , that others to give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) without remain[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
614Those who have experienced something themselves cannot stay without giving it to others.
535खुशी है ना . khuśhī hai nā . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . happiness be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
615You are happy, are you not?
536तो खुशी बांटने के बिना रह नहीं सकेंगे . tō khuśhī bāṇṭnē kē|K binā rah nahī̃ sakē̃gē . tō khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāṇṭnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then happiness distribute[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) without remain[root] not can[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
616So, you won't be able to stay without distributing happiness to others.
537और आप भी खुशी देंगे . aur āp bhī khuśhī dēgē . aur āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . and you too happiness give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
617And you will also give happiness.
538सब खुश होंगे ना यह खुश क्यों रहता है , तो सेवा हो जायेगी . sab khuśh hōṅgē nā yah khuśh kyō̃ rahtā hai , tō sēvā hō jāyēgī . sab[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā yah[pn.sg.d.] khuśh[adj.] kyō̃ rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] , tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . all happy be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ this happy why remain[pres.sg.m.23] , then service be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
618Everyone will be happy thinking, "How does this one remain happy?" and in this way, service will take place.
539यह भी सेवा करते . yah bhī sēvā kartē . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . this too service do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
619This one also does service.
5402 - जिसका मुरली से प्यार है ना , वह समझो निर्विघ्न हो जायेगा . 2 - jiskā murlī sē pyār hai nā , vah samjhō nirvighna hō jāyēgā . 2 - jō[pn.sg.kā] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , vah[pn.sg.d.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nirvighna[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . 2 - that[.kā] flute from love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , that understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] free from obstacles be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
620Guest 2: Those who have love for the murli will become free from obstacles.
541आप मुरली पढ़ते हो , सुनते हो ? āp murlī paṛhtē hō , suntē hō ? āp[pn.pl.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] paṛhnā[pres.pl.m.2] , sunnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? you flute study[pres.pl.m.2] , listen[pres.pl.m.2] ?
621Do you hear the murli? 622Do you study it?
542घर में पढ़ो , एक प्वाइंट भी पढ़ो , लेकिन मुरली जरूर पढ़ो , फिर प्यार हो जायेगा फिर कोई कहेगा ना , नहीं करो तो भी करेंगे . ghar mē̃ paṛhō , ēk point bhī paṛhō , lēkin murlī jarūr paṛhō , phir pyār hō jāyēgā phir kōī kahēgā nā , nahī̃ karō tō bhī karē̃gē . ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] paṛhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ēk[adj.] point bhī[p.] paṛhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , lēkin murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] zarūr paṛhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] kahnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā , nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō bhī[x] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . home in study[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , one point too study[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , but flute definitely study[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (turn[root]|then) love be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] (turn[root]|then) some say[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ , not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
623Study it at home. 624Study even one point, but definitely study the murli. 625Then you will have love, and then when someone tells you not to do it, even then you will do it.
543अच्छे हैं , अभी सहयोगी भी हैं , स्नेही भी है , अभी सहजयोग में नम्बरवन . achchhē haĩ , abhī sahyōgī bhī haĩ , snēhī bhī hai , abhī sahajyōg mē̃ number one . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ab[adv.hī] sahyōgī[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , snēhī[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] sahajyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] number one . achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , now co-operative too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , loving too be[pres.sg.23] , now x in number one .
626You are good. 627You are co-operative and also loving. 628Now, become number one in easy yoga.
544सारा ग्रुप सहजयोगी में नम्बरवन . sārā group sahajyōgī mē̃ number one . sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group sahajyōgī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] number one . the whole group easy yogi in number one .
629Now, the whole group has to become number one in being an easy yogi.
545इनको भी उमंग बहुत है . inkō bhī umaṅg bahut hai . yah[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this[.kō] too zeal very be[pres.sg.23] .
630This one also has a lot of enthusiasm.
546तीनों चारों को है . tīnō̃ chārō̃ kō hai . tīnō̃[adj.] chārō̃ kō[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all three x to be[pres.sg.23] .
631All of you four have it.
547बापदादा उमंग उत्साह की मुबारक देते हैं . bāpdādā umaṅg utsāh kī|key mubārak dētē haĩ . bāpdādā umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada zeal enthusiasm (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
632BapDada is congratulating you for your zeal and enthusiasm.
5483 - अभी तो ब्राह्मण परिवार के हो गये ना . 3 - abhī tō brāhmaṇ parivār kē|K hō gayē nā . 3 - ab[adv.hī] tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] nā . 3 - now then Brahmin family (of|K) be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ∅ .
633Guest 3: Now you have become part of the Brahmin family.
549ब्राह्मण परिवार कितना ऊंचा परिवार है और कितना बड़ा परिवार है . brāhmaṇ parivār kitnā ūñchā parivār hai aur kitnā baṛā parivār hai . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Brahmin family so elevated family be[pres.sg.23] and so very family be[pres.sg.23] .
634The Brahmin family is such an elevated and such a big family.
550तो ब्राह्मण बनना यह बहुत बड़ा भाग्य है . tō brāhmaṇ bannā yah bahut baṛā bhāgya hai . tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then Brahmin become[inf.m.sg.d.] this very very x be[pres.sg.23] .
635So, to become a Brahmin is very huge fortune.
551तो आपने अपना भाग्य ले लिया . tō āpnē apnā bhāgya lē liyā . tō āp[pn.pl.nē] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . then you[.nē] (one’s own|adopt[root]) x take[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
636And you have claimed your fortune.
552ले लिया ना . lē liyā nā . lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] nā . take[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ∅ .
637You have claimed it, have you not?
553हर कदम में अपने श्रेष्ठ भाग्य को स्मृति में रख आगे बढ़ते चलो . har|her kadam mē̃ apnē śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya kō smr̥iti mē̃ rakh āgē baṛhtē chalō . harnā[root]|har|her kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[root] āgē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x[root]|x) step in one’s own elevated x to awareness in keep[root] previously grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
638At every step, keep your elevated fortune in your awareness and continue to move forward.
554अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
639Achcha.
640* * * O M S H A N T I * * *